summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/53988-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/53988-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/53988-0.txt7325
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7325 deletions
diff --git a/old/53988-0.txt b/old/53988-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 00c3b42..0000000
--- a/old/53988-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7325 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Bride of the Sun, by Gaston Leroux
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: The Bride of the Sun
-
-Author: Gaston Leroux
-
-Release Date: January 17, 2017 [EBook #53988]
-Last Updated: February 2, 2017
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BRIDE OF THE SUN ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Widger from page images generously
-provided by the Internet Archive
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-THE BRIDE OF THE SUN
-
-By Gaston Leroux
-
-1915, McBride, Nabt & Co.
-
-
-
-
-BOOK I--THE GOLDEN SUN BRACELET
-
-
-
-
-I
-
-As the liner steamed into Callao Roads, and long before it had
-anchored, it was surrounded by a flotilla of small boats. A moment
-later, deck, saloons and cabins were invaded by a host of gesticulating
-and strong-minded boatmen, whose badges attested that they were duly
-licensed to carry off what passengers and luggage they could. They raged
-impotently, however, round Francis Montgomery, F.R.S., who sat enthroned
-on a pile of securely locked boxes in which were stored his cherished
-manuscripts and books.
-
-It was in vain that they told him it would be two full hours before the
-ship came alongside the Darsena dock. Nothing would part him from his
-treasures, nothing induce him to allow these half-crazed foreigners to
-hurl his precious luggage overside into those frail-looking skiffs.
-
-When this was suggested to him by a tall young man who called him uncle,
-the irascible scientist explained with fluency and point that the idea
-was an utterly ridiculous one. So Dick Montgomery shrugged his broad
-shoulders, and with a “See you presently,” that hardly interrupted his
-uncle’s flow of words, beckoned to a boatman.
-
-A moment later he had left the ship’s side and was nearing the
-shore--the Eldorado of his young ambition, the land of gold and legends,
-the Peru of Pizarro and the Incas. Then the thought of a young girl’s
-face blotted out those dreams to make way for new ones.
-
-The monotonous outline of the waterfront brought no disappointment.
-Little did he care that the city stretched out there before his eyes was
-little more than a narrow, unbeautiful blur along the sea coast, that
-there were none of those towers, steeples or minarets with which our
-ancient ports beckon out to sea that the traveler is welcome. Even when
-his boat had passed the Mole, and they drew level with the modern works
-of the Muelle Darsena, well calculated to excite the interest of a
-younger engineer, he remained indifferent.
-
-He had asked the boatman where the Calle de Lima lay, and his eyes
-hardly left the part of the city which had been pointed out to him in
-reply. At the landing stage he threw a hand-full of centavos to his man,
-and shouldered his way through the press of guides, interpreters, hotel
-touts and other waterside parasites.
-
-Soon he was before the Calle de Lima, a thoroughfare which seemed to be
-the boundary line between the old city and the new. Above, to the east,
-was the business section--streets broad or narrow fronted with big,
-modern buildings that were the homes of English, French, German, Italian
-and Spanish firms without number. Below, to the west, a network of
-tortuous rows and alleys, full of color, with colonnades and verandahs
-encroaching on every available space.
-
-Dick plunged into this labyrinth, shouldered by muscular Chinamen
-carrying huge loads, and by lazy Indians. Here and there was to be seen
-a sailor leaving or entering one of the many cafés which opened their
-doors into the cool bustle of the narrow streets. Though it was his
-first visit to Callao, the young man hardly hesitated in his way. Then
-he stopped short against a decrepit old wall close to a verandah from
-which came the sound of a fresh young voice, young but very assured.
-
-“Just as you like, señor,” it said in Spanish. “But at that price your
-fertilizer can only be of an inferior quality.”
-
-For a few minutes the argument went on within. Then there was an
-exchange of courteous farewells and a door was closed. Dick approached
-the balcony and looked into the room. Seated before an enormous ledger
-was a young girl, busily engaged in transcribing figures into a little
-note-book attached by a gold chain to the daintiest of waists. Her
-face, a strikingly beautiful one, was a little set under its crown of
-coal-black hair as she bent over her task. It was not the head of
-a languorous Southern belle--rather the curls of Carmen helmeting a
-blue-eyed Minerva, a little goddess of reason of today and a thorough
-business-woman. At last she lifted her head.
-
-“Maria-Teresa?...”
-
-“Dick!”
-
-The heavy green ledger slipped and crashed to the floor, as she ran
-toward him both hands outstretched.
-
-“Well, and how is business?”
-
-“So, so.... And how are you?... But we did not expect you till
-to-morrow.”
-
-“We made rather a good passage.”
-
-“And how is May?”
-
-“She’s a very grown-up person now. I suppose you’ve heard? Her second
-baby was born just before we left.”
-
-“And dear smoky old London?”
-
-“It was raining hard when last I saw it.”
-
-“But where is your uncle?”
-
-“Still on board. He won’t leave his collection.... Does nothing all
-day but take notes for his next book.... Wait a minute, I’ll come in.
-Where’s the door? I suppose it would be bad form to climb in through the
-window? Won’t I be in the way, though? You seem awfully busy.”
-
-“I am, but you may come in. Round the corner there, and the first door
-on your right.”
-
-He followed her indications and found an archway leading into a huge
-courtyard crowded with Chinese coolies and Quichua Indians. A huge dray,
-coming from the direction of the harbor, rumbled under the archway, and
-wheeled in the court to let an empty one pass out. People and things
-seemed to unite in making as much dust and noise as possible.
-
-“So she manages all this,” he reflected as he made his way toward a door
-at which she had appeared.
-
-“You may kiss me,” she said as she closed the door behind them.
-
-He took her in his arms and held her to him, by far the more troubled of
-the two. Again it was she who spoke first.
-
-“So you really have not forgotten?”
-
-“Could you believe it, dear?”
-
-“Well, you were so long in coming.”
-
-“But I wrote, and...”
-
-“Well, never mind now. It is not too late. I have just refused my fourth
-suitor, Don Alonso de Cuelar. And father, I think, is furious with me
-for refusing the most eligible young man in Lima.... Well, why don’t you
-say something?”
-
-“Forgive me, dear.... How is your father? and the kiddies?... I hardly
-know what I am saying, I am so glad.”
-
-“Father is very well, and very glad to hear that you were coming. To
-tell the truth though, he is far more interested in your uncle’s visit.
-He has arranged a meeting at the Geographical Society for him. And
-for the past month he has been thinking and talking of nothing but
-archaeology. They have been digging up all sorts of things.”
-
-“And so he has been angry with you?”
-
-“He seems to think he has every reason to be. I am twenty-three and he
-already sees me an old maid.... It’s awfully funny! Do you know what
-they call me in Lima now? The Virgin of the Sun!”
-
-“What does that mean?”
-
-“Aunt Agnes and Aunt Irene will explain better than I can. It’s
-something like one of the Vestals--an old Inca legend.”
-
-“H’m, some superstitious rot.... But look here, Maria-Teresa, I’m an
-awful coward. Do you think your father...”
-
-“Of course! He’ll do anything I like if he is asked at the right moment
-We’ll be married in three months’ time from San Domingo. Truly we will!”
-
-“You dear!... But I’m only a poor devil of an engineer, and he may not
-think me much of a son-in-law for the Marquis de la Torre.”
-
-“Nonsense, you’re clever, and I make you a gift of the whole of Peru.
-There’s plenty to do there for an engineer.”
-
-“I can hardly believe my luck, Maria-Teresa! That I--I.... But, tell me,
-how did it all happen?”
-
-“The old, old way. First you are neighbors, or meet by accident. Then
-you are friends... just friends, nothing else.... And then...?”
-
-Their hands joined, and they remained thus for a moment, in silence.
-
-Suddenly, a burst of noise came from the courtyard, and a moment later
-a hurried knock announced the entrance of an excited employee. At the
-sight of the stranger, he stopped short, but Maria-Teresa told him to
-speak. Dick, who both understood and spoke Spanish well, listened.
-
-“The Indians are back from the Islands, señorita. There has been trouble
-between them and the Chinamen. One coolie was killed and three were
-badly wounded.”
-
-Maria-Teresa showed no outward sign of emotion. Her voice hardened as
-she asked:--
-
-“Where did it happen... in the Northern Islands?”
-
-“No, at Chincha.”
-
-“Then Huascar was there?”
-
-“Yes, señorita. He came back with them, and is outside.”
-
-“Send him in to me.”
-
-
-
-
-II
-
-The man went out, signing as he went to a stalwart Indian who walked
-quietly into the office. Maria-Teresa, back at her desk, hardly raised
-her eyes. The newcomer, who took off his straw sombrero with a sweep
-worthy of a hidalgo of Castille, was a Trigullo Indian. These
-are perhaps the finest tribe of their race and claim descent from
-Manco-Capac, first king of the Incas. A mass of black hair, falling
-nearly to his shoulders, framed a profile which might have been copied
-from a bronze medallion. His eyes, strangely soft as he looked at the
-young girl before him, provoked immediate antagonism from Dick. He was
-wrapped in a bright-colored poncho, and a heavy sheath-knife hung from
-his belt.
-
-“Tell me how it happened,” ordered Maria-Teresa without returning the
-Indian’s salute.
-
-Under his rigid demeanor, it was evident that he resented this tone
-before a stranger. Then he began to speak in Quichua, only to be
-interrupted and told to use Spanish. The Indian frowned and glanced
-haughtily at the listening engineer.
-
-“I am waiting,” said Maria-Teresa. “So your Indians have killed one of
-my coolies?”
-
-“The shameless ones laughed because our Indians fired cohetes in honor
-of the first quarter of the moon.”
-
-“I do not pay your Indians to pass their time in setting off fireworks.”
-
-“It was the occasion of the Noble Feast of the Moon.”
-
-“Yes, I know! The moon, and the stars, and the sun, and every Catholic
-festival as well! Your Indians do nothing but celebrate. They are lazy,
-and drunkards. I have stood them, so far because they were your friends,
-and you have always been a good servant, but this is too much.”
-
-“The shameless sons of the West are not your servants. They do not love
-you....”
-
-“No, but they work.”
-
-“For nothing... They have no pride.
-
-“They are the sons of dogs.”
-
-“They earn their wages.... Your men, I keep out of charity!”
-
-“Charity!” The Indian stepped back as if struck, and his hand, swung
-clear of the poncho, was lifted over his head as if in menace. Then it
-dropped and he strode to the door. But before opening it, he turned and
-spoke rapidly in Quichua, his eyes flaming. Then, throwing his poncho
-oyer his shoulder, he went out.
-
-Maria-Teresa sat silent for a while, toying with her pencil.
-
-“What did he say?” asked Dick.
-
-“That he was going, and that I should never see him again.”
-
-“He looked furious.”
-
-“Oh, he is not dangerous. It is a way they have. He says he did
-everything he could to prevent the trouble.... He is a good man himself,
-but his gang are hopeless. You have no idea what a nuisance these
-Indians are. Proud as Lucifer, and as lazy as drones.... I shall never
-employ another one.”
-
-“Wouldn’t that make trouble?”
-
-“It might! But what else can I do? I can’t have all my coolies killed
-off like that.”
-
-“And what of Huascar?”
-
-“He will do as he pleases.... He was brought up in the place, and was
-devoted to my mother.”
-
-“It must be hard for him to leave.”
-
-“I suppose so.”
-
-“And you wouldn’t do anything to keep him?”
-
-“No.... Goodness, we are forgetting all about your uncle!” She rang,
-and a man came in. “Order the motor.... By the way, what are the Indians
-doing?”
-
-“They’ve left with Huascar.”
-
-“All of them?”
-
-“Yes, señorita.”
-
-“Without saying a word?”
-
-“Not a word, señorita.”
-
-“Who paid them off?”
-
-“They refused to take any money. Huascar ordered them to.”
-
-“And what of the Island coolies?”
-
-“They have not been near the place.”
-
-“But the dead man... and the wounded?”
-
-“The Chinamen take them back to their own quarters.”
-
-“Funny people.... Tell them to bring the motor round.”
-
-While speaking she had put on a bonnet, and now drew on her gloves.
-
-“I shall drive,” she said to the liveried negro boy who brought round
-the car.
-
-As they shot toward the Muelle Darsena, Dick admired the coolness
-with which she took the machine through the twisting streets. The boy,
-crouching at their feet, was evidently used to the speed, and showed no
-terror as they grazed walls and corners.
-
-“Do you do a great deal of motoring out here?”
-
-“No, not very much. The roads are too bad. I always use this to get from
-Callao to Lima, and there are one or two runs to the seaside, to places
-like Ancon or Carillos--just a minute, Dick.”
-
-She stopped the car, and waved her hand to a curly gray head which had
-appeared at a window, between two flower pots. This head reappeared at
-a low door, on the shoulders of a gallant old gentleman in sumptuous
-uniform. Maria-Teresa jumped out of the motor, exchanged a few sentences
-with him, and then rejoined Dick again.
-
-“That was the Chief of Police,” she explained. “I told him about
-that affair. There will be no trouble unless the Chinamen take legal
-proceedings, which is not likely.”
-
-They reached the steamers’ landing stage in time. The tugs had only just
-brought alongside the Pacific Steam Navigation Company’s liner, on board
-which Uncle Francis was still taking notes:--“On entering the port of
-Callao, one is struck, etc., etc.” He lost precious material by not
-being with Maria-Teresa as she enthusiastically described “her harbor”
- to Dick.... Sixty millions spent in improvements... 50,000 square
-meters of docks.... How she loved it all for its commercial bustle, for
-its constant coming and going of ships, for its intense life, and all
-it meant--the riches that would flow through it after the opening of the
-Panama Canal... the renascence of Peru.... Chili conquered and Santiago
-crushed... the defeat of 1878 avenged... and San Francisco yonder had
-best look to itself!
-
-Dick, listening to the girl at his side, was amazed to hear her give
-figures with as much authority as an engineer, estimate profits as
-surely as, a shipowner. What a splendid little brain it was, and how
-much better than that imaginative, dreaming type which he deplored both
-in men and women, a type exemplified by his uncle with all his chimeric
-hypotheses.
-
-“It would all be so splendid,” she added, frowning, “if we only stopped
-making fools of ourselves. But we are always doing it.”
-
-“In what way?”
-
-“With our revolutions!”
-
-They were now standing on the quay, while the liner gradually swung in.
-
-“Oh, are they at it here as well? We found one on in Venezuela, and then
-another at Guayaquil. The city was under martial law, and some general
-or other who had been in power for about forty-eight hours was preparing
-to march on Quito and wipe out the government.”
-
-“Yes, it is like an epidemic,” went on the young girl, “an epidemic
-which is sweeping the Andes just now. The news from Boloisa is worrying
-me, too. Things are bad round Lake Titicaca.”
-
-“Not really! That’s a nuisance... not a cheerful outlook for my business
-in the Cuzco.” Dick was evidently put out by the news.
-
-“I had not intended telling you about it until to-morrow. You must not
-think of unpleasant things to-day... all that district is in the hands
-of Garcia’s men now.”
-
-“Who is Garcia?”
-
-“Oh, one of my old suitors.”
-
-“Has everybody in the country been in love with you, Maria-Teresa?”
-
-“Well, I had the attraction of having been brought up abroad... at the
-first presidential ball I went to after mother’s death there was no
-getting rid of them.... Garcia was there. And now he has raised the
-revolt among the Arequipa and Cuzco Indians.... He wants Vointemilla’s
-place as president.”
-
-“I suppose they have sent troops against them?”
-
-“Oh, yes, the two armies are out there... but, of course, they are not
-fighting.”
-
-“Why?”
-
-“Because of the festival of the Interaymi.”
-
-“And what on earth is that?”
-
-“The Festival of the Sun.... You see, three quarters, of the troops on
-both sides are Indian.... So, of course, they get drunk together during
-the fêtes.... In the end, Garcia will be driven over the Boloisan
-border, but in the meantime he is playing the very mischief with
-fertilizer rates.”
-
-She turned toward the liner again, and, catching sight of Uncle Francis,
-raised her hand in reply to the frantic waving of a notebook.
-
-“How are you, Mr. Montgomery?” she cried. “Did you enjoy the crossing?”
-
-The gangways were run out, and they went on board.
-
-Mr. Montgomery’s first question was the same as had been his nephew’s.
-
-“Well, and how is business?”
-
-For all those who knew her in Europe had marveled at the change which
-had come over the “little girl” at her mother’s death, and her sudden
-determination to return to Peru and herself take charge of the family’s
-fertilizer business and concessions. She had also been influenced in
-this decision by the fact that there were her little brother and sister,
-Isabella and Christobal, who needed her care. And finally there was her
-father, perhaps the greatest child of the three, who had always royally
-spent the money which his wife’s business brought in.
-
-Maria-Teresa’s mother, the daughter of a big Liverpool shipowner, met
-the handsome Marquis de la Torre one summer when he was an attaché at
-the Peruvian legation in London. The following winter she went back to
-Peru with him. Inheriting a great deal of her father’s business acumen,
-she made a great success of a guano concession which her husband had
-hitherto left unexploited.
-
-At first the marquis protested vigorously that the wife of Christobal de
-la Torre should not work, but when he found that he could draw almost to
-any extent on an ever-replenishing exchequer, he forgave her for making
-him so wealthy. Yet on his wife’s death did he find it surprising
-that Maria-Teresa should have inherited her abilities, and allowed the
-daughter to take over all the duties which had been the mother’s.
-
-“And where is your father, my dear?” asked Uncle Francis, still with a
-wary eye on his luggage.
-
-“He did not expect to see you until to-morrow. They are going to give
-you such a reception! The whole Geographical Society is turning out in
-your honor.”
-
-When his luggage had been taken to the station, and he had personally
-supervised its registration for Lima, Uncle Francis at last consented
-to take a seat in the motor, and Maria-Teresa put on full speed, for she
-wished to reach home before the early tropical nightfall.
-
-After passing a line of adobe houses and a few comfortable villas,
-they came to a long stretch of marshy ground, overgrown with reeds and
-willows, and spotted with clumps of banana trees and tamarisks,
-with here and there an eucalyptus or an araucaria pine. The whole
-countryside was burnt yellow by the sun, by a drought hardly ever
-relieved by a drop of rain, and which makes the campo round Lima and
-Callao anything but enchanting. A little further along they passed some
-scattered bamboo and adobe huts.
-
-This parched landscape would have been infinitely desolate had it not
-been relieved at intervals by the luxuriant growth surrounding some
-hacienda--sugar-cane, maize and rice plantations, making a brilliant
-green oasis round the white farm buildings. The badly-built clay roads
-which crossed the highway were peopled by droves of cattle, heavy carts,
-and flocks of sheep which mounted shepherds were bringing back to the
-farms. And all this animation formed a strange contrast to the arid
-aspect of the surrounding country. In spite of the jolting shaking of
-the car over a poorly kept road, Uncle Francis kept taking notes, and
-even more notes. Soon, with the lower spurs of the Cordilleras, they saw
-on the horizon the spires and domes which make Lima look almost like a
-Mussulman city.
-
-They were now running alongside the Rimac, a stream infested by
-crayfish. Negro fishermen were to be seen every few yards dragging
-behind them in the water sacks attached to their belts, and in which
-they threw their catch to keep it alive. Turning to comment on them,
-Dick noticed Maria-Teresa’s preoccupied air, and asked her the cause.
-
-“It is very strange,” she said, “we have not met a single Indian.”
-
-The motor was almost in Lima now, having reached the famous Ciudad de
-los Reyes, the City of Kings founded by the Conquistador. Maria-Teresa,
-who loved her Lima, and wished to show it off, made a detour, swerving
-from the road and running a short distance along the stony bed of
-dried-up Rimac, careless of the risk to her tires.
-
-Certainly the picturesque corner to which she brought them was worth the
-detour. The walls of the houses could hardly be seen, overgrown, as it
-were, with wooden galleries and balconies. Some of them were for all
-the world like finely carved boxes, adorned with a hundred
-arabesques--little rooms suspended in mid-air, with mysterious bars and
-trellised shutters, and strongly reminiscent of Peru or Bagdad. Only
-here it was not rare to see women’s faces half hidden in the shadows,
-though in no way hiding. For the ladies of Lima are famed for their
-beauty and coquetry. They were to be seen here in the streets, wearing
-the manta, that fine black shawl which is wrapped round the head and
-shoulders and which no woman in South America uses with so much grace as
-the girl of Lima. Like the haik of the Mor, the manta hides all but two
-great dark eyes, but its wearer can, when she wishes, throw it aside
-just enough to give a sweet glimpse of harmonious features and a
-complexion made even more white by the provoking shadow of the veil.
-Dick had this amply proved to him, and seemed so interested that
-Maria-Teresa began to scold.
-
-“They are far too attractive in those mantas,” she said. “I shall show
-you some Europeans now.”
-
-She turned the car up an adjoining street, which brought them to the
-new city, to broad roads and avenues opening up splendid vistas of the
-distant Andes. They crossed the Paseo Amancaes, which is the heart of
-the Mayfair of Lima, and Maria-Teresa several times exchanged bows with
-friends and acquaintances. Here the black manta was replaced by Paris
-hats overdressed from the rue de la Paix, for its discreet shadow is
-too discreet to be correct at nightfall. It was the hour at which all
-fashionable Lima was driving or walking, or gossiping in the tearooms,
-where one loiters happily over helados in an atmosphere of chiffons,
-flirting and politics. When they reached the Plaza Mayor, the first
-stars had risen on the horizon. The crowd was dense, and carriages
-advanced only at a walking pace. Women dressed as for the ball, with
-flowers in their dark curls, passed in open carriages. Young men grouped
-round a fountain in the center of the square, raised their hats and
-smiled into passing victorias.
-
-“It really is strange,” murmured Maria-Teresa, “not an Indian in sight!”
-
-“Do they generally come to this part of the city, then?”
-
-“Yes, there are always some who come to watch the people come past....”
-
-Standing in front of a café was a group of half-breeds, talking
-politics. One could distinctly hear the names of Garcia and Vointemilla,
-the president, neither of them treated over gently. One of the group,
-evidently a shopkeeper, was moaning his fears of a return to the era of
-pronunciamentos.
-
-The car turned at the corner of the cathedral, and entered a rather
-narrow street. Seeing the way clear, Maria-Teresa put on speed only to
-pull up sharply a second later, just in time to avoid running down a man
-wrapped in a poncho, who stood motionless in the middle of the street.
-Both young people recognized him.
-
-“Huascar!” exclaimed Maria-Teresa.
-
-“Huascar, señorita, who begs you to take another road.”
-
-“The road is free to all, Huascar. Stand aside.”
-
-“Huascar has nothing more to say to the señorita. To pass, she must pass
-over Huascar.”
-
-Dick half rose in his seat, as if to intervene, but Maria-Teresa put a
-hand on his sleeve.
-
-“You behave very strangely, Huascar,” she said. “Why are there no
-Indians in the town to-day?”
-
-“Huascar’s brethren do as they please, they are free men.”
-
-She shrugged her shoulders, thought a moment, and began to turn the car
-round.
-
-Before starting again, however, she spoke to the Indian, who had not
-moved.
-
-“Are you always my friend, Huascar?”
-
-For an answer, the Indian slowly raised his sombrero, and looked up to
-the early stars, as if calling them to witness. With a brief “Adios!”
- Maria-Teresa drove on.
-
-When the motor stopped again, it was before a big house, the door-keeper
-of which rushed out to help his young mistress to alight. He was
-forestalled, however, by the Marquis de la Torre himself, who had just
-driven up, and who greeted the two Montgomerys with delight. “Enter,
-señor. This house is yours,” he said grandly to Uncle Francis.
-
-The Marquis was a slim little gentleman of excessive smartness, dressed
-almost like a young man. When he moved and he was hardly ever still, he
-seemed to radiate brilliancy: from his eyes, his clothes, his jewels.
-But for all that, he was never undignified, and kept his grand manner
-without losing his vivacity in circumstances when others would have
-had to arm themselves with severity. Outside his club and the study of
-geographical questions he cared for nothing so much as romping with his
-son Christobal, a sturdy youngster of seven. At times one might have
-taken them for playmates on a holiday from the same school, filling the
-house with their noise, while little Isabella, who was nearly six, and
-loved ceremony, scolded them pompously, after the manner of an Infanta.
-
-
-
-
-III
-
-The Marquis de la Torre’s residence was half modern, half historical,
-with here and there quaint old-fashioned rooms and corners. Don
-Christobal was something of a collector, and had adorned his home with
-ancient paneling, carved galleries several centuries old, rude furniture
-dating back to before the conquest, faded tapestry--all so many relics
-of the various towns of old Peru which his ancestors had first sacked
-and then peopled. And each object recalled some anecdote or Story which
-the host detailed at length to all willing listeners.
-
-It was in one of these historical corners that Mr. Montgomery and his
-nephew were presented to two old ladies--two Velasquez canvases brought
-to life, yet striving to retain all their pictorial dignity. Attired
-after a fashion long since forgotten, Aunt Agnes and her duenna might
-almost have been taken for antiques of Don Christobal’s collection: they
-lived altogether in another age, and their happiest moments were those
-passed in telling fear-inspiring legends. All the tales of old Peru
-had a home in this ancient room of theirs, and many an evening had been
-whiled away there by these narratives--the two Christobals, father
-and son, and little Infanta Isabella listening in one corner, while
-Maria-Teresa, at the other end of the room, went over her accounts and
-wrote her letters in a great splash of yellow lamplight.
-
-Uncle Francis was delighted to meet in real life two such perfect types
-of the New Spain of yore, set in the very frame they needed. They were
-great friends at once, and the savant, taken to his own room, changed
-his clothes hurriedly to be able to rejoin them. At dinner, installed
-between the two, he begged for more legends, more stories. Maria-Teresa,
-thinking it time to talk of more serious matters, interrupted by telling
-her father of the trouble between the Indians and coolies.
-
-When they heard that Maria-Teresa had discharged the Indians, Aunt Agnes
-shook her head doubtfully, and Irene openly expressed her disapproval.
-Both agreed that the young girl had acted imprudently, and particularly
-so on the eve of the Interaymi festival. This view was also taken by
-the Marquis, whose protest took an even more active form when he learned
-that Huascar had also left. Huascar had always been a very faithful
-servant, he argued, and his brusk departure was strange. Maria-Teresa
-explained shortly that for some time past Huascar’s manner had
-displeased her, and that she had let him know it.
-
-“That is another matter,” said the Marquis.
-
-“But I am no more comfortable about it... there is something in the
-air... the Indians are not behaving normally.... The other day, in
-the Plaza Mayor, I heard extraordinary remarks being made by some
-half-breeds to a couple of Quichua chiefs.”
-
-“Yes, we did not meet a single Indian on the way from Callao, and I have
-not seen one in the city,” said Dick. “Why is that, I wonder?”
-
-“Because of the festival,” interjected Aunt Agnes. “They have their
-secret meetings. They disappear into the mountains, or some warren of
-theirs--catacombs like the Early Christians. One day, the order comes
-from some corner of the Andes, and they vanish like shadows, to reappear
-a few days later like a swarm of locusts.”
-
-“My sister exaggerates a little,” said the Marquis, smiling. “They are
-not so very dangerous, after all.”
-
-“But you yourself are worried, Christobal. You have just said so.”
-
-“Only because there might be some rioting....”
-
-“Have they got it in them?” asked Mr. Montgomery. “They seem so
-nerveless....”
-
-“They are not all like that.... Yes, we have had one or two native
-rebellions, but it was never anything very serious.”
-
-“How many of them are there in the country?” put in Dick.
-
-“About two-thirds of the population,” answered Maria-Teresa. “But
-they are no more capable of really rebelling than they are of working
-properly. It is the Garcia business that has unsettled them, coming
-after a long period of quiet.” She turned to her father. “What does the
-President think of it all?”
-
-“He does not seem to worry a great deal. This Indian unrest recurs every
-ten years.”
-
-“Why every ten years?” demanded Uncle Francis.
-
-“Because of the Sun Festival,” said old Irene. “The Quichuas hold it
-every ten years.”
-
-“Where?” Dick took a sudden interest. “Nobody knows,” replied Aunt
-Agnes, in a nervously strangled voice. “There are sacrifices... and the
-ashes of the victims are thrown into rivers and streams... to carry away
-the sins of the nation, the Indians believe.”
-
-“That is really very interesting!” exclaimed Uncle Francis.
-
-“Some of the sacrifices are human,” half groaned the old lady, dropping
-her head to her plate.
-
-“Human sacrifices!”
-
-“Oh, Auntie!” laughed Maria-Teresa.
-
-“Curious,” remarked the savant. “And there may be some truth in it.
-I know that they were customary at the Festival of the Sun among the
-Incas. And Prescott makes it clear that the Quichuas have kept not only
-the language of their ancestors, but also many of the ancient customs.”
-
-“Yes, but they became Christians when the Spaniards conquered their
-country,” suggested Dick.
-
-“Not that that affects them much,” commented the Marquis. “It gives
-them two religions instead of one, and they have mixed up the rites and
-beliefs of the two in a most amazing fashion.”
-
-“What do they want to do, then? Re-build the Empire of the Incas?”
-
-“They don’t know what they want,” replied Maria-Teresa. “In the days of
-the Incas every living being in the Empire had to work, were practically
-the slaves of the Sons of Sun. When that iron discipline was removed
-they gradually learned to do nothing but sleep. Of course, that meant
-poverty and misery, which they attribute, not to their laziness, but to
-the fact that they are no longer ruled by the descendants of Mono-Capac!
-From what Huascar told me, they still hope for a return of the old
-kings.”
-
-“And they still go in for human sacrifice?” asked Dick.
-
-“Of course not! What absolute nonsense!” Aunt Agnes and Irene both
-turned to Uncle Francis.
-
-“Maria-Teresa was brought up abroad, and does not know.... She cannot
-know.... But she is wrong to laugh at what she calls ‘all these old
-stories.’... There is plenty of proof, and we are sure of it.... Every
-ten years--all great events were decennial among the Incas--every ten
-years, the Quichua Indians offer a bride to the Sun.”
-
-“A bride to the Sun?” exclaimed Uncle Francis, half horrified, half
-incredulous.
-
-“Yes... they sacrifice a young girl in one of those horrible Inca
-temples of theirs, where no stranger has ever gone!... It is terrible,
-but it is true.”
-
-“Really... it is so difficult to believe.... Do you mean to say that
-they kill her?”
-
-“They do... as a sacrifice to the Sun.”
-
-“But how? By fire?”
-
-“No, it is even more horrible than that. Death by fire is only for far
-more unimportant ceremonies. At the Interaymi, they wall up their
-victim alive.... And it is always a Spanish girl.... They kidnap one, as
-beautiful and of as good family as possible. It is vengeance against the
-race that destroyed theirs.”
-
-Maria-Teresa was frankly laughing at her aunt’s intense seriousness,
-only equaled by gravity with which Uncle Francis listened. The savant
-looked at her smiling face half disapprovingly, and brought his
-scientific knowledge to the defense of the old ladies. Everything they
-said corresponded perfectly with what well-known writers and explorers
-had been able to discover about the Virgins of the Sun. There was no
-doubt that human sacrifice had been rife among the Incas, both in honor
-of the Sun and for the King himself, many of the victim» going to the
-altar of their own free will. This was particularly the case when an
-Inca died--it was like Suttee of the East.
-
-“Prescott and Wiener, the greatest authorities on the subject, are
-agreed,” said Uncle Francis. “Prescott tells us that at one royal
-burial, more than a thousand people, wives, maids and servants of the
-Inca, were sacrificed on his tomb.”
-
-Aunt Agnes shuddered, while Irene, bending her head, made the sign of
-the Cross.
-
-“All this is very true, my dear sir,” said Don Christobal, carrying on
-the conversation, “and I see that our Geographical Society here will be
-able to give you very little that is new to you. Would it interest you
-to visit our latest excavations at Ancon to-morrow? There is ample proof
-there that Suttee was practised among the Incas.”
-
-“What exactly were these Virgins of the Sun?” asked Dick, turning to his
-uncle, who, delighted to be able to show his erudition, at once launched
-into an explanation.
-
-“The Virgins of the Sun, or the ‘elected ones,’ as they were called,
-were young girls, vowed to the service of the divinity. They were taken
-from their families as children, and put into convents where they were
-placed under the care of women called mammaconas,--girls who had grown
-old in these monasteries. Under the guidance of these venerable matrons,
-the virgins were taught their religious duties, weaving and embroidery
-were their chief occupations, and it was they who made the fine vicuna
-wool for the hangings of the temples and the Inca’s home and attire.”
-
-“Yes,” said gray-haired Irene, “but their chief duty was to guard the
-sacred fire acquired anew by the temple at each Raymi festival.”
-
-“That is so,” replied the savant. “They lived absolutely alone. From
-the moment they entered the home, they were entirely cut off from their
-families and friends. The Inca alone, and his queen, the Coya, were
-allowed within the sacred precincts. The most rigid discipline and
-supervision were exercised over them.”
-
-“And woe to the girl who transgressed,” added Aunt Irene. “By Inca law
-she was buried alive, while the town or village from which she came was
-razed to the ground and ‘sown with stones,’ so that all memory of it
-should be lost.”
-
-“You are perfectly right, madam,” agreed Uncle Francis.
-
-“Sweet country!” Dick exclaimed.
-
-“What an amazing civilization they must have possessed,” continued Uncle
-Francis. “The ceremonies of their temples are almost identical with
-those of ancient Rome.... Little did Christopher Columbus think, when he
-saw a few painted savages, that on the other seaboard, behind this belt
-of primitive land and tribes, there was a whole world with its customs,
-monuments, laws and conquests. Two empires, sir: that of the Aztecs in
-Mexico, that of the Incas in Peru. And with civilizations rivaling
-that of the Mediterranean. It is as if an Eastern prince, reaching the
-steppes of Scythia, had claimed the discovery of Europe, returning to
-his States without knowing that Rome existed, and convinced that the
-rest of the world was a howling waste!”
-
-“He must have been a bit of a fool,” hazarded Dick. “A true conqueror
-guesses there are new lands to conquer even before he sees them.”
-
-“Like Pizarro and Cortes!” exclaimed the Marquis.
-
-“Who came to destroy everything...” began Uncle Francis. Fortunately,
-Don Christobal did not hear him, and he stopped in time. Maria-Teresa,
-seated opposite the savant, had trodden on his foot, and he bit his lip,
-remembering that de la Torre, the Marquis’ ancestor, had been one of
-Pizarro’s “destroyers.”
-
-Both old ladies, however, had heard, and opened their eyes at this
-denunciation of a cause which to them was that of the true faith against
-the infidel. Maria-Teresa, anxious to smooth matters over, quickly
-brought them back to their Inca legends.
-
-“All this is very fine,” she said, “but there is nothing to show that
-the Indians still sacrifice human brings.”
-
-“How can you say that!” they exclaimed in chorus.
-
-“Well, has anybody ever had definite proof of it?”
-
-Aunt Agnes was not to be shaken in her convictions.
-
-“When I was a little girl,” she declared, “I had an old nurse who
-belonged to one of the Lake Titicaca tribes of Quichuas. She told me
-that she herself had seen three Spanish girls walled up alive at three
-successive Interaymi fêtes.”
-
-“Where did the girls come from?” asked Dick.
-
-“They were Lima girls.”
-
-“But then, any number of people must have known of it,” he answered,
-secretly amused by the grave airs of the two old ladies.
-
-“It was, and is, common property,” retorted Aunt Agnes. “The names of
-their last two victims were known to everybody. One vanished ten years
-ago, and the other ten years before that.”
-
-“Yes, yes, common property!” laughed Don Christobal.
-
-“There is nothing to laugh about, Christobal,” said Aunt Agnes drily.
-
-And the duenna repeated in a low voice, “No, no, nothing to laugh
-about.”
-
-The Marquis was determined to have his laugh.
-
-“Let us mourn the poor children,” he said, groaning. “Cut off from the
-affection of their parents at so early an age! How terrible!”
-
-“Christobal, can you tell me what became of Amelia de Vargas and Marie
-Cristina de Orellana?”
-
-“Yes, what became of them?” urged Irene.
-
-“There we are!... the old story! I expected it!” exclaimed the Marquis.
-
-“You might speak seriously! You knew Amelia de Vargas....”
-
-“A charming girl... the sweetest smile in the city!... That was twenty
-years ago.... How time flies!... Yes, she disappeared... with a poor
-cousin.”
-
-“I heard the other day that it was a toreador,” interjected
-Maria-Teresa. “They revive that old story every ten years, at the time
-of the Interaymi.”
-
-“She disappeared outside the bull-ring,” explained Aunt Agnes. “There
-was a fight in the crowd, and she was separated from her parents. Nobody
-ever saw her again. Afterwards, some people remembered catching sight of
-her surrounded by a group of Indians. She died at their hands, walled up
-alive.”
-
-“What a gorgeous imagination crowds have! But the fact remains that that
-poor cousin of hers disappeared about the same time.”
-
-“So you are pleased to say, Christobal. But what of Maria Cristina de
-Orellana?”
-
-“Oh, that was another matter... a very sad case. She was out for a walk
-with her father round the Cuzco, and went into one of the caves, never
-to reappear. She lost her way in the old subterranean passages, of
-course. The government had all the entrances blocked up after that.”
-
-“And since then,” commented Aunt Agnes, “her poor father has been a
-madman. For the past ten years, he has haunted the Cuzco ruins, calling
-in vain to his daughter. He, at all events, will not believe that she
-was not carried off by the Indians.”
-
-“But you yourself say he is mad.”
-
-“He lost his reason when he acquired the certitude that she had
-perished in their temple. A few days before she vanished, Maria-Cristina
-mysteriously received a very old and very heavy gold bracelet. That
-bracelet had a center plaque representing the sun....”
-
-“My dear Agnes, you know that in this country jewelers stick the sun in
-wherever and whenever they can.”
-
-“That bracelet was the real one... the same one that was sent to
-Amelia.”
-
-“Are you not exaggerating, Agnes? Really, really!... And with stories
-like these running about, they expect poor historians to be accurate!...
-I hope you are not taking notes of all this, Mr. Montgomery.”
-
-“I am exaggerating nothing,” retorted Aunt Agnes obstinately. “It was
-the real Golden Sun bracelet.... Every ten years since Atahualpa, the
-last Inca king, was burned alive by Pizarro, the Inca priests have sent
-it to a Spanish girl they had chosen to be the Bride of the Sun. And
-every one of them has been walled up alive.... I remember that poor
-Orellana girl laughing and joking about the Golden Sun bracelet! The
-whole town knew about it.”
-
-“The whole town always does have a pretty lively imagination at the time
-of the Interaymi,” insisted the Marquis. He turned to Mr. Montgomery.
-“You have no idea, my dear sir, how hard it is for our Society to get
-away from all these weird legends.”
-
-“Legends are not things to be despised in research work,” disagreed
-Uncle Francis. “For my part, I am delighted to have found a country
-where they are still so living.”
-
-At this moment a servant came in with a small parcel on a silver tray.
-
-“A registered package, señorita,” he said. “Will the señorita sign
-here?”
-
-Maria-Teresa, having signed, was turning the box over in her fingers.
-
-“It is from Cajamarca,” she remarked. “Who from, I wonder? I know nobody
-there. ... Will you excuse me?”
-
-The young girl cut the string, broke the seals and opened the little
-wooden box.
-
-“A bracelet!” she exclaimed, and laughed a little nervously. “What an
-extraordinary coincidence!... Why, it is the Golden Sun bracelet! It is,
-really! The bracelet of the Bride of the Sun!”
-
-Every person in the room had risen, with the exception of the two
-old ladies, who sat as if stunned. All eyes were turned on the heavy
-bracelet in darkened old gold, with its sun-adorned center plaque on
-which the rays seemed blurred out by the dust of centuries.
-
-“Well, that is funny!” laughed Maria-Teresa.
-
-“Of course!” exclaimed the Marquis, whose voice had changed a little.
-“Evidently a joke by Alonso de Cuelar. You refused him, my dear, and he
-has invented rather a pretty revenge. His little vengeance on the Bride
-of the Sun.... All the young men of the town call you that because you
-refuse to marry.... Well, what are we looking so blue about over there?
-Surely, Agnes, you are not going to make yourself ill over a harmless
-joke like this?”
-
-Maria-Teresa was showing the bracelet to Uncle Francis and Dick.
-
-“Father!” she exclaimed. “I think I shall keep it! Tell Don Alonso I
-shall wear it as a token of friendship.... It really is a beauty!...
-What do you think of it, Mr. Montgomery?”
-
-“It seems to me at least three or four hundred years old.”
-
-“Pieces like that are still occasionally found in excavations round
-royal tombs, but they are rare,” said the Marquis. “I am not surprised
-Don Alonso had to go to Cajamarca for that one.”
-
-“Where is Cajamarca?” asked Dick.
-
-“Cajamarca,” said the savant, horrified at his nephew’s ignorance, “is
-the Caxamarxa of the Incas, their second capital in Pizarro’s day....”
-
-“And the city where their last king was burned at the stake!” groaned
-Aunt Agnes.
-
-They rushed to her side, for she was on the point of fainting and had
-to be carried to her room. The old duenna followed them, as white as her
-lace, and crossing herself tremulously.
-
-
-
-
-IV
-
-On the day after his arrival, Uncle Francis was solemnly and officially
-received by the Geographical Society of Lima, the fine archeological,
-statistical and hydrographical work of which keenly interested him. With
-so much scientific enthusiasm did he express himself, that he conquered
-all hearts. By far the proudest and happiest man present, however, was
-Don Christobal, basking in the reflected glory of his distinguished
-guest. As they were all leaving after the ceremony--Maria-Teresa wearing
-her bracelet despite the protests of her aunt and the duenna--the
-Marquis met Don Alonso de Cuelar.
-
-“Why, Cuelar,” he exclaimed, “I thought you were at Cajamarca!”
-
-Don Alonso opened his eyes in surprise, evidently not understanding.
-
-“Come, come, Cuelar, you may confess. I shall not be angry. Both
-Maria-Teresa and I agree that your little revenge was a very neat one.”
-
-“My revenge?...”
-
-“Of course! The bracelet!”
-
-“What bracelet?”
-
-At this moment Maria-Teresa and Dick joined the group. Maria-Teresa,
-seeing her father laughing as he talked, felt quite sure that the
-mystery of the bracelet had already been cleared up.
-
-“Thank you ever so much,” she said, holding out the slim hand adorned by
-the heavy bracelet “You see, I wear it as a token of friendship.”
-
-“But I should never have permitted myself such a liberty,” protested the
-young man, looking in amazement from one to the other.
-
-“Are you serious?... It really was not you?”
-
-“No!... But what does it all mean?... And what a peculiar bracelet.”
-
-“Do you not recognize it?” laughed Maria-Teresa, still unconvinced. “It
-is, apparently, the Golden Sun bracelet which the Indian priests
-always send to the Bride of the Sun at the Interaymi.... And as you,
-I understand, were the originator of my nickname, I naturally supposed
-that, in spite of everything you heard, you bore no malice to the Virgin
-of the Sun.”
-
-“What a charming idea! I am only sorry,” he added, “that it was not
-mine. I shall never forgive myself for not having thought of it. You
-must attribute it, señorita, to one of those other unfortunates who,
-like myself, have worshiped in vain.... There is Pedro Ribera.... He
-looks dark enough to have done it.... Ribera!”
-
-But Ribera knew no more of the bracelet than Don Alonso. He also admired
-the strange jewel, and was equally sorry he had not sent it.
-
-Don Christobal was becoming irritated, and was sorry now that he
-had mentioned the matter to them. He could not, without appearing
-ridiculous, ask them not to speak of it, and he knew very well that
-within two hours every tea-table in the Plaza Mayor would be discussing
-the new topic. Maria-Teresa guessed his thoughts.
-
-“As our guess was wrong, the whole thing rather loses point So we must
-wait until the generous donor comes and confesses. In the meantime, let
-it be forgotten.” And, slipping off the bracelet, she put it into her
-reticule.
-
-“I wonder if it was Huascar,” suggested Dick, as the two young men left
-them.
-
-“Huascar? Why Huascar?” asked the Marquis.
-
-“Well, it’s an old Indian bracelet.... He’s the only Indian I know
-of, and I know he is very devoted to the family. Suppose he found the
-bracelet in some old ruin and didn’t know what to do with it...
-
-“Oh, let us not talk of it any more,” interrupted Maria-Teresa, slightly
-troubled. “What does it matter!... Besides, we are bound to know, sooner
-or later.... Some day a friend of father’s, back from the Sierra, will
-ask me why I am not wearing his present. That is sure to happen.”
-
-“Of course it is,” affirmed Dick.
-
-The Marquis, far from satisfied, and still seeking a possible
-explanation, suddenly turned on Dick.
-
-“You sent it!” he exclaimed, triumphant.
-
-“I? Why, I have only just arrived in the country....”
-
-“But you could very well have bought it when the liner put in at
-Guayaquil, and then sent it to some agent or other at Gajamarca to have
-it forwarded here.... You must have read the legend of the bracelet in
-one of your uncle’s books.”
-
-“Really, Father!” protested Maria-Teresa. “Mr. Montgomery is an
-engineer....”
-
-“Yes, yes, I know. Very hard-working.... Come here to try experiments
-with some new pump to clear the Cuzco gold-mines of water.... I know all
-that.... But that is no reason why he should not send you a bracelet.”
-
-“But why should he, Father?”
-
-“Is there not a reason why he should, my daughter?”
-
-This time, Maria-Teresa blushed deeply and Dick tried to look
-unconcerned, while Don Christobal smiled at them quizzically.
-
-“So you thought your old father was blind, eh?... You thought he guessed
-nothing... that he did not understand what you had left behind you in
-London?... Well, Dick?”
-
-“Really, sir... I... I... hardly dared hope....”
-
-“Didn’t you?... There, there, that’s enough.... You may put the bracelet
-on her arm again.... Pair of young fools.” Maria-Teresa slipped her arm
-through her father’s, and squeezed it.
-
-“Dear Father!”
-
-Then, turning to Dick and opening her reticule, she whispered rapidly:
-
-“Say you sent it. What can it matter?” Dick, completely taken aback,
-clasped the bracelet on Maria-Teresa’s wrist without protest. He
-scarcely heard a word said by the Marquis, who was delighted to have
-solved the mystery.
-
-“Well, young man, you can flatter yourself that you thoroughly mystified
-everybody.” And with that he hurried after Uncle Francis, who had been
-carried off to drink champagne by a group of admirers.
-
-Dick and Maria-Teresa, left alone, exchanged looks. A moment later,
-they were brought to earth again by the advent of a horde of excited
-scientists.
-
-“But what will your father say when he finds out who really sent the
-bracelet?”
-
-“He will forgive you. I only made you tell the story to reassure him....
-Between you and me, those old tales told by Aunt Agnes and Irene were
-worrying him a little.... He is rather a child in some ways.”
-
-Carriages and motors were rapidly filling with people starting for the
-excavations outside the town, and then on by rail to Ancon, where Uncle
-Francis was to be shown the latest Inca discoveries. The Marquis and
-Mr. Montgomery passed them in one motor. Maria-Teresa waved to them, and
-walked on towards the town with Dick.
-
-They were all to meet again that evening to dine and pass the night at
-the Marquis’ sea-side villa between Lima and Ancon. Uncle Francis would
-thus be able to begin his researches the very next morning, for Don
-Christobal’s villa, itself a treasure-house of antiques, stood in the
-very center of the excavations.
-
-Meanwhile, the young people, less interested in things of death than the
-members of the Geographical and Archaeological Society, went to explore
-Lima. It was only after a long walk in the Pascos de Amancaes that they
-in their turn started by motor over an execrable road.
-
-The approach of night could already be felt, and the great plain over
-which they were speeding was made even more desolate by the presence
-of the slow-flying gallinazos, or black vultures, overhead. These
-scavengers, half-starved in appearance, are the common adjuncts of
-scenery in Peru, tolerated and even respected, as they are, by a
-grateful municipality.
-
-Here and there were haciendas, each with its group of pastures and
-grazing horses, kept from galloping into the surrounding waste by the
-four-foot mud walls. Otherwise, it was a sandy desert, at some points
-dotted with skeletons of a long-dead race dug up by curious scientists
-and then left to bleach in the sun.
-
-“Not exactly cheerful,” commented Dick.
-
-Maria-Teresa, intent on her driving, did not answer, but pointed with
-one gauntleted hand at a group of half-breeds playing bowls with human
-skulls at the corner of a hacienda.
-
-They were soon in the outskirts of Ancon, and found the Marquis, Uncle
-Francis, and their fellow-scientists busily arguing in the center of an
-Inca cemetery. On all sides were opened tombs, each containing a mummy
-rudely drawn from its thousand-year sleep by the pick of the excavator.
-Dick and Maria-Teresa had left their motor, but did not join the others.
-Instead, they wandered silently, almost sadly, in another direction, and
-the car had started off again in the care of the negro chauffeur, to be
-garaged at Ancon.
-
-“It is horrible,” said Maria-Teresa, pressing Dick’s hand. “Why cannot
-they leave them in peace?”
-
-Seated on a little mound well out of sight of the others, they forgot
-their surroundings. And it was in this horrible burial-ground they
-exchanged their first true lovers’ kiss.
-
-The sound of voices brought them back to reality. The president of the
-Society, followed by an interested retinue, was explaining the most
-interesting tombs.
-
-“Walking through this necropolis,” he said, “it is no effort to evoke
-the shades of the Incas, and to feel for a minute as if one were living
-among them.... Here, six feet below ground, we first found a dog which
-had been sacrificed on its master’s tomb.... The dead man’s wife and
-chief servants also followed him to the next world.... We next found the
-wife’s body.... Like the dog, she had been strangled, probably because
-she had not had the courage to take her own life.... Finally, we heard
-the Indian workman cry ont, ‘Aqui esta el muerto.’ (Here is the dead
-one)... for to the native mind, the only body worthy of notice is that
-of the master.... When we cut the thongs and unrolled the wrappings
-about him--the man had evidently been a great chief--we found the
-mummy in an extraordinary state of preservation,--the head was almost
-intact.... Gentlemen, the ancient Egyptians did no better.”
-
-At this moment, excited ones from another part of the cemetery attracted
-their attention, and a workman ran up to tell them that a sensational
-discovery had been made--the tomb of three Inca chiefs with
-strange-shaped skulls. Dick and Maria-Teresa followed the others to the
-spot indicated.
-
-When they reached the newly-discovered tomb, workmen were passing up
-to the surface little sacks full of corn, jars which had once
-contained chicha--all the things necessary for a long voyage. Then came
-golden-vases, silver amphora, goblets, hammered statuettes, jewels:--a
-veritable treasure brought to light by one stroke of the pick. Finally,
-the three mummies were brought to the surface and unrolled with every
-precaution. One of the scientists present bent down to uncover the
-faces, and there was a murmur of horror from those present.
-
-To understand what Dick and Maria-Teresa had been among the first to
-see, it is necessary for the reader to know that it was customary among
-the Incas to shape living skulls to any form they wished. This strange
-custom exists even in modern days, though in a far lesser degree, among
-the Basque inhabitants of the Pyrenees. The skulls of babies, set in
-vices or bound into various molds, were gradually deformed till they
-took the shape of a sugar-loaf, of a squarish box, of an enormous lime,
-and so forth. Phrenology was evidently a science known to the Incas,
-who, precursors of Gall and Spezhurn, thus sought to develop abnormally
-the intellectual or warlike qualities of a child by compressing or
-enlarging such and such a part of the brain. It has been proved, though,
-that this practise was allowed only in the case of children of the Inca
-himself, called upon in afterlife to take high position in the State.
-The common people kept their normal skulls and normal brains.
-
-Of the three heads just brought to light, one was cuneiform--a monstrous
-sugar-loaf. It was horrible to see this nightmare face, like the head
-of a beast of the Apocalypse, framed in locks which seemed to be still
-living as they gently moved in the sea breeze. The second head was
-flattened out, cap-like, with a huge bump at the back.. The third was
-almost square, resembling nothing so much as a small valise.
-
-Maria-Teresa shrank before this triple horror and, despite his evident
-curiosity, drew her fiancé away from the violated sepulchre. They
-strolled down to the beach, where the Pacific murmured gently as it
-came to rest on the sands. So peaceful is the sea at Ancon, so free
-from currents and gales, that it has become the great resort of the
-inhabitants of Lima. At this season, however, it was still deserted, so
-that Dick and Maria-Teresa met nobody during their walk to the Marquis’
-villa.
-
-It was dusk when they reached it, still under the depressing influence
-of the three strange heads, and vainly trying to joke the impression
-away. As the sun disappeared on the horizon, the wind rose and conjured
-up in the half-light pale sand-whorls which might have been so many
-phantoms dancing up from the huacas to reproach them for impiety and
-sacrilege. Though they were neither of them over-imaginative, the young
-people were glad to see the fat major-domo who came forward to announce
-that the Marquis and Uncle Francis had already arrived. He, at all
-events, was solid flesh and blood.
-
-As Maria-Teresa entered the house, a little Quichua maid, Concha,
-literally threw herself at her mistress’ feet, protesting that she had
-been dead in the señorita’s absence, and had been brought to life again
-by her return.
-
-“See what devotion we get here for eight soles a month!” she laughed,
-completely cured of her fears by the sight of the familiar objects
-about her. “Into the bargain, she cooks puchero, our native stew, to
-perfection. You must try it some day.”
-
-“Señorita,” interjected the maid, her broad lips parting in an enormous
-smile, “I have prepared locro for to-night.”
-
-Dinner was not a very long meal. Everybody was tired, and Uncle Francis
-was anxious to be up early in the morning. Dick and Maria-Teresa
-prosaically enjoyed their locro--a maize cooked with meat, spiced and
-served with the chicha which still further heightens the taste of all
-popular dishes in Peru--and, when they parted at the doors of their
-rooms on the first floor, were quite ready to laugh over the incidents
-of the afternoon. Maria-Teresa’s hand lingered in Dick’s.
-
-“Good night, little Bride of the Sun,” he said, and bending down,
-kissed the disk on the bracelet. “But surely you are not going to keep
-that thing on?... A bracelet from the Lord knows where and the Lord
-knows whom?”
-
-“It is dear to me now, Dick.... Now that you have kissed it, it shall
-never leave me.... Good night.”
-
-She disappeared into her room, and the young engineer had turned toward
-his when a shriek was heard, and Maria-Teresa rushed to the landing, in
-a panic of fear.
-
-“They are in there! They are in there!” she gasped, her teeth
-chattering.
-
-“What? What?... what is the matter?”
-
-“The three living skulls!”
-
-“Maria-Teresa!”
-
-“I tell you they are! All three of them, staring in through the
-window!... They looked at me with such eyes... horrible, living eyes....
-No, no!... Dick!... Don’t go in!”
-
-Taking the light from her trembling hand, Dick went into the room. There
-was nothing to be seen. He crossed to the balcony, and threw open the
-French windows: on one side was the sea, on the other a panorama over
-the flat country and the Inca burial-ground. Everything was perfectly
-normal.
-
-“Come, dear.... You must have imagined....”
-
-“Dick, I tell you I saw them!”
-
-“What did you see?”
-
-“There, on the balcony, staring through the panes.... Those three Inca
-chiefs with their hideous heads.”
-
-“But, Maria-Teresa, be reasonable. They are dead.... You yourself saw
-them dug up.... Surely you cannot believe in ghosts....”
-
-“Those I saw were not ghosts. They were living.”
-
-Thinking to reassure her, he began to laugh heartily.
-
-“Don’t, Dick, don’t!... I did see them... they were exactly like those
-in the grave... the sugar-loaf, the cap, and the valise.... Exactly the
-same!... But what did they come here for?”
-
-Don Christobal, drawn from the smoking-room by the noise, jeered at his
-daughter’s fears. Uncle Francis, too, appeared in a night-cap, which
-started everybody laughing except Maria-Teresa. To quieten her, the
-major-domo was sent round the house and explored the grounds. He
-returned to report that he had found nothing.
-
-“You are worried by what you saw this afternoon, my child,” said the
-Marquis.
-
-But Maria-Teresa would not reenter the room, and ordered another on the
-opposite side of the villa to be prepared for her. Dick, using every
-argument he could think of, finally convinced her that she had been the
-victim of a hallucination. Half ashamed of herself, she made him go out
-to the first-floor balcony with her, trying, in her turn, to efface any
-unfavorable impression she might have made.
-
-The balcony on which they were was almost directly over the sea, for on
-this side the beach reached right up to the walls of the villa. After a
-time, the immense peace of the night completed Dick’s work, and the girl
-was perfectly quiet when she took off her bracelet.
-
-“I think this is what has been worrying me,” she said. “I never before
-imagined that I saw a ghost....” And she threw the bracelet into the
-sea.
-
-“A very good place for it,” agreed Dick. “A ring will do ever so much
-better. You do at all events know where that comes from.”
-
-Before long the whole house was at rest, and the remainder of the night
-passed by quietly. But at seven o’clock, when people were beginning
-to stir again, an agonized scream from Maria-Teresa’s room sent the
-servants rushing to her aid. When they entered the room, they
-found their mistress sitting up in bed, staring at her wrist with
-horror-stricken eyes. The Golden Sun bracelet had returned during the
-night!
-
-
-
-
-BOOK II--THE LIVING PAST
-
-
-
-
-I
-
-Dick was nearly as frightened as Maria-Teresa when he found what
-had happened. On the previous night he himself had seen her throw the
-bracelet into the sea, and yet it was there on her arm again when she
-woke up. What could it all mean? He could find nothing to say, and in
-spite of himself began to go over the terrible legend told by the two
-old ladies. It was preposterous, impossible, but he could not help
-believing in it now.
-
-The Marquis and Uncle Francis, brought out by the noise, joined the
-others in the young girl’s room. Don Christobal’s sharp voice drove the
-servants from the room and brought out the whole story. Dick confessed
-his duplicity in the matter of the bracelet, and told how the jewel had
-been thrown away.
-
-Maria-Teresa was shaking with fever, and her father took her in his
-arms. He was less worried by the strange story told him than by the
-state in which his daughter was. He had always seen her so calm, so
-sure of herself, that her terror shook all his own matter-of-fact
-convictions.
-
-As to Uncle Francis, half-pleased with this striking story for his
-next book, he could only repeat:--“But it’s impossible, you know. Quite
-impossible.”
-
-And then it was all explained in the most absurdly obvious way. Little
-Concha, back from marketing at Ancon, hurried to her mistress’ room
-and brought the solution of the mystery with her. Childishly naive, she
-explained that, on going out onto the beach in the morning, she had seen
-something glitter in the sand. She picked the object up, and found that
-it was a bracelet, which she recognized as one worn by her mistress on
-the previous day. Thinking that it had been lost from the balcony, and
-rushing to give Maria-Teresa a pleasant surprise, she had put it on her
-arm again without waking her. A huge burst of laughter from them all
-greeted the end of her simple story and Concha, terribly vexed, ran out
-of the room.
-
-“It seems to me we are all getting a little mad,” said the Marquis.
-
-“That infernal bracelet is enough to drive one to a lunatic asylum,”
- added Dick. “We must get rid of it at all costs.”
-
-“No! If it ever came back a second time, I could not answer for my
-reason.” And Maria-Teresa joined nervously in the laughter. “What we all
-need,” she added, “is a change of air, of scenery.... We ought to go for
-a little trip in the mountains, Father, and show a little of our country
-to Mr. Montgomery and Dick.... Suppose we start to-night?... Back to
-Lima first, and not a word to Aunt Agnes or Irene, for it would make
-them both ill.... I shall go into Callao with Dick to give a few orders,
-and in the evening we take the boat.”
-
-“To get to the mountains?”
-
-“Of course, Father... to get to Pacasmayo.”
-
-“Pacasmayo!” groaned the scientist “A horrible place. I know it. Our
-liner put in there for four hours. There’s nothing interesting in that
-part of the world, is there?”
-
-“Nothing interesting! Why, do you know where one goes to from Pacasmayo?
-To Cajamarca, Mr. Montgomery!”
-
-Uncle Francis straightened himself up:--“Cajamarca!... the Caxamarxa of
-the Incas!”
-
-“The very place.”
-
-“Cajamarca... the dream of my life, my dear!”
-
-“There is nothing to prevent it becoming a reality.... And at the same
-time, Father, we can find out the name of the mysterious sender of this
-thing. It was sent from Cajamarca, you remember.”
-
-“An excellent idea,” agreed Don Christobal. “We really must find a
-solution to that mystery as well.”
-
-“And whoever the joker is, he will pay for it,” said Maria-Teresa, who
-was now toying with the bracelet. “He laughs best who laughs last!”
-
-With which she drove them all out of her room and called for Concha,
-who, when she came to dress her mistress, received a masterly box on the
-ears to teach her to wake people up next time she brought back a lost
-bracelet. Concha, unused to such treatment, burst into tears, and
-Maria-Teresa, ashamed of herself, filled the little maid’s hands with
-chocolates to make her smile again. Do what she would, Maria-Teresa
-could not regain her calm. Every movement she made betrayed the inward
-storm, and she stamped whenever she thought of the cowardice she had
-shown....
-
-Broadly speaking, all roads in Peru are little more than mule-paths.
-The only exception is in favor of the great paved highways built by the
-Incas, which link the wilds of Bolivia to the capital of Ecuador, and in
-comparison with which the finest monuments of the Gallo-Roman period are
-not so very remarkable, after all. It is for this reason that travelers
-wishing to reach the interior must take boat along the coast to one of
-the harbor towns which are the termini of the railways leading into the
-ever-delightful Sierra.
-
-For Peru may be divided into three great parallel bands of country.
-First the Costa, or coast district, which rises gradually from the
-sea-board to an altitude of from 1,500 to 2,000 meters on the western
-slopes of the Andes. Then the Sierra, half mountain and half plateau,
-with altitudes varying between 2,000 and 4,000 meters. Finally the
-Montaña, with its forests, which sweeps down to the east of the
-Cordilleras, stretching toward the Amazon in long slopes which, from
-2,000 meters, gradually drop to only 500. Landscape, climate and
-products are all different in these three zones. The Costa is rich; the
-Sierra has smiling valleys and a relatively warm climate; the Montaña is
-a veritable ocean of verdure.
-
-Perhaps the most curious thing in this curious country is the variety of
-its landscape in a relatively small region, for to reach the Sierra one
-is obliged to scale some of the highest mountains in the world, and that
-in an equatorial country. In a few hours, one travels through districts
-where trees of all latitudes and plants of all climates grow and are
-cultivated side by side. Walnut-trees neighbor with waving palms;
-beetroot and sugar-cane grow in adjoining plantations; here, an orchard
-full of splendid apples; there a group of banana-trees spreading their
-broad leaves to the sun. In this amazing country, landowners can offer
-their guests drinks cooled with ice from the hills just above and made
-with sweet limes picked in the tropical gardens around the house.
-
-Uncle Francis was in raptures, brimful of enthusiasm, and so
-schoolboyish in his delight that his companions could not help laughing.
-They teased the old gentleman constantly, and once the hiding of his
-fountain-pen at a moment when the taking of notes was urgent made him
-nearly frantic. All, in short, were in the best of spirits, and seemed
-to have completely forgotten the Golden Sun bracelet. This had been
-left in the care of Aunt Agnes and Irene, who immediately took it to
-the church of San Domingo and left it as an offering on the altar of the
-Lady Chapel.
-
-There was an exciting landing for the travelers at Pacasmayo. They got
-ashore with the aid of an enormous raft, rising and falling with the
-waves alongside the liner. This raft they reached by means of a cradle
-swung out on a small crane. All one had to do was to wait until the raft
-rose to within jumping distance of the cradle.
-
-Maria-Teresa led the way, and landed very neatly on her feet; the
-Marquis, used to such gymnastics, followed suit; and Dick reached the
-raft with his hands still in his pockets. Uncle Francis, thinking hard
-of something else, arranged his own descent so badly that raft and
-cradle met with a crash which nearly jerked him into the sea. The shock
-was forgotten in a wave of enthusiasm over the novelty of it all, and
-he even retained his equanimity when the jerk of the grounding raft sent
-him rolling onto the wet sand of the beach.
-
-It was not until the following morning that the party left Pacasmayo,
-without any untoward incident to disturb the peace of a journey
-commenced under the most favorable auspices.
-
-Dick was the only one to think twice of the advent of a coppery-colored
-gentleman who seemed to have attached himself to their party. Had he not
-worn European dress, the stranger might well have passed for a typical
-Trujillo--that Indian race of which Huascar was certainly the finest
-representative. On the other hand, he wore his lounge suit with ease,
-and during the voyage evidenced his civilized upbringing by rendering
-to Maria-Teresa several of those little services which a man may allow
-himself to do when traveling, even to a woman he does not know. The
-stranger had embarked at Callao, had landed by the same raft as they,
-had stopped at the same inn in Pacasmayo, and, the following morning,
-took the same train for Cajamarca.
-
-They were so engrossed with the landscape of the lower ranges of the
-Andes that they did not at first notice his presence in their own
-carriage. He drew their notice to himself in such an unexpected manner
-that all, without knowing exactly why, experienced a strange feeling of
-discomfort.
-
-There had been a chorus of exclamations and interjections over the
-variety of the panorama before them, and they had just entered the
-wildest gorge imaginable, when the stranger said in a grave voice:
-
-“Do you see that camp, señores? That is where Pizarro’s first messengers
-reached the last King of the Incas.”
-
-All turned at the words. The stranger, standing at the back of the
-observation platform, seemed to see nobody; with arms crossed, he
-stared out toward the rocky fastnesses at the foot of which the world’s
-greatest adventurer rested for a moment before starting on the conquest
-of an Empire.
-
-“One of my ancestors was there!” exclaimed the Marquis involuntarily.
-
-“We know it! We know it!” said the stranger, without turning, and
-in such a voice that the others exchanged astonished glances. His
-statuesque immobility also had its effect on them. Then after a moment’s
-silence, he continued:
-
-“No, we have not forgotten that a Christobal de la Torre was with
-Pizarro. We know the whole story, sir. When Pizarro left the Spanish
-colony of Panama, vaguely guessing that before him was an empire even
-greater than the one which Cortes had just given to Charles V.; when,
-after a thousand dangers, he saw himself on the point of being deserted
-by all, he drew his sword and with the point drew a line in the sand,
-from east to west. Then, turning toward the south, he said: ‘Comrades,
-on this side are danger, privation, hunger, nakedness, ruin and death;
-behind us, comfort and mediocrity. But to the south are also Peru and
-its riches, glory and immortality. Let each one decide for himself which
-is best for a hidalgo of Castille!’ And with those words, he crossed the
-line. He was followed by Ruiz, his brave pilot, then by Pedro de Candia,
-a knight born, as his name shows, in one of the Greek islands. Eleven
-others crossed that line, ready to follow their chief to the world’s
-end. And among those eleven was Juan-Christobal de la Torre. We know it!
-Señor, we know it!”
-
-“And, pray, who are you, señor?” demanded the Marquis brutally,
-exasperated by the stranger’s manner, though he had in truth remained
-studiously polite.
-
-As if not hearing, as if intent on doing homage to the exploits of those
-dead Conquistadors, the stranger continued:
-
-“Is there not, señores, is there not, señorita, something gigantic in
-this spectacle? This little handful of men confidently starting on
-an expedition as wild as the wildest deeds of their knights-errant, a
-handful of men, señores, without clothes or food, almost without arms,
-left by their comrades on a deserted mountain-side to start on the
-conquest of one of the most powerful empires ever known.
-
-“And among those men there was a Christobal de la Torre.... señor Don
-Marques, it is a glorious descent to claim.... And allow me to
-present myself: your servant Huayna Capac Buntu, head clerk of the
-Franco-Belgian Bank of Lima.... But we may fittingly travel in company,
-señor, for I am of royal blood. Huayna Capac, King of the Incas, who
-succeeded his father at the age of sixteen, married first Pillan Huaco,
-by whom he had no children. He then took two other wives, Bava-Bello and
-his cousin Mama-Buntu. I am the descendant of that Huayna Capac and that
-Mama-Buntu!”
-
-“Now on leave from your bank?” queried the Marquis, almost insolently.
-
-There was a flash in the Indian’s eyes as he answered somberly:
-
-“Yes, on leave, for the Interaymi.”
-
-Dick started at these words, already repeated so often in connection
-with the Golden Sun bracelet. He glanced at Maria-Teresa, who was
-evidently ill at ease at the turn taken by the conversation between her
-father and the stranger. She now remembered him quite clearly as a clerk
-with whom she had had dealings over a consignment of phosphates for
-Antwerp. An insignificant little body, she had thought--not at all
-the haughty Indian of to-day, discarding the disguise of his European
-clothes and proclaiming himself for what he was. Knowing by experience
-how susceptible Trujillos are, and fearing that a careless word from her
-father might provoke a storm, she intervened:
-
-“The Interaymi! Of course, your great festival. Is it to be particularly
-celebrated at Cajamarca?”
-
-“This year, señorita, it will be particularly celebrated throughout the
-Andes.”
-
-“But you do not admit outsiders? What a pity.... I should so like to
-see.... One hears so many things....”
-
-“Old wives’ tales, señorita,” rejoined the Indian, with a complete
-change of manner. He smiled, disclosing a line of teeth which Dick
-mentally compared to those of a wild animal, and added in a slightly
-lisping voice: “There is a lot of nonsense talked.... Human sacrifices,
-and so forth.... Do I look as if I were going to such a ceremony?... I
-and my clothes by Zarate?... No, señorita, just a few little ceremonies
-to keep alive the memory of our lost glories... a few pious invocations
-to the God of Day, a few prayers for poor Atahualpa, our last King, and
-that is all.... At the end of the month, señorita, I shall be back at my
-bank in Lima.”
-
-Reassured by the matter-of-fact level reached by these words, Dick
-growled at his own absurd fears. A smile from Maria-Teresa and a
-grumbled comment on kings and bank clerks from Uncle Francis completely
-dispelled the cloud raised by the mention of the Interaymi.
-
-Their train was now traveling along the bed of a ravine, closed in by
-dizzying heights. High up above, in a band of blazing blue sky, giant
-condors could be seen winging their way in heavy circles.
-
-“To think of Pizarro facing country like this!” exclaimed Dick. “How on
-earth was it that they were not simply wiped out by the Incas?”
-
-“They came as friends, señor,” answered the Indian.
-
-“That is all very fine, but still does not explain it How many men were
-there with Pizarro when he marched on Cajamarca?”
-
-“He had received reenforcements,” interjected the Marquis, twisting his
-mustache, “and there were then a hundred and seventy-seven of them.”
-
-“Minus nine,” corrected the Indian.
-
-“That is, unless I am mistaken, only a hundred and sixty-eight,” put in
-Uncle Francis, busy with his note-book.
-
-“Why minus nine?” questioned Maria-Teresa.
-
-“Because, señorita,” replied the descendant of Mama-Buntu, who seemed
-to know the history of the conquest of New Spain better than the
-descendants of the conquerors themselves, “because Pizarro gave his new
-followers the same chance to draw back that the others had received.
-He had halted in the mountains to rest his band and make a careful
-inspection. As you have said, señor, they were then only a hundred
-and seventy-seven, including sixty-seven horse. There were only three
-arquebusiers, and a few crossbowmen--not more than twenty altogether.
-And with this band Pizarro was marching against an army of 50,000 men
-and against a nation of twenty millions! For, under the Incas, Peru
-included what are to-day called Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia and Chili. At
-this point, señores, he decided that his soldiers were still too many.
-He had noticed that some faces were dissatisfied, and, fearing that the
-discontent might spread, he decided to cut away the weak limbs before
-the gangrene reached the main body. Marshalling his men, he told them
-that they had reached a crisis in their fortunes--not a man must go on
-who doubted its ultimate success. It was still not too late for waverers
-to return to San Miguel, where he had already left some of his
-companions. He was prepared to risk all with those who still wished to
-follow him. Nine men took advantage of Pizarro’s offer--four infantrymen
-and five from the cavalry. The others stopped with their general.”
-
-“And cheered him to the echo at the call of Christobal de la Torre, who
-served the Conquistador like a brother!” exclaimed the Marquis.
-
-“We know, we know!” repeated the clerk. His tone roused the Marquis
-again.
-
-“And might I ask why you are pleased to recall all these things?”
- demanded Don Christobal haughtily.
-
-“To prove to you, señor, that the vanquished know the history of
-their country even better than the conquerors,” retorted Runtu with an
-emphasis not a little ridiculous in a man of his dress and calling.
-
-“Look! How beautiful!” exclaimed Maria-Teresa, anxious to divert their
-attention to the landscape.
-
-Their train was passing over a bridge from which a panorama of
-unparalleled beauty could be obtained. Before them stretched the giant
-chain of the Andes, peak heaped on peak. On one side, a rent in the
-ridges opened onto green forests, broken by little cultivated plateaus,
-each with its rustic cottage clinging to the rugged mountain-side And
-there, above, snowy crests sparkling in the sun--a chaos of savage
-magnificence and serene beauty to be found in no other mountain
-landscape of the world.
-
-It was almost more terrible than beautiful, and as the train crossed
-abyss after abyss over quivering bridges, Maria-Teresa, clinging to
-Dick’s arm, could not help murmuring: “And even this did not daunt
-Pizarro.”
-
-Unfortunately, she was overheard by the stranger, who took up the broken
-conversation with evident hostility:
-
-“We could have crushed them easily, could we not?”
-
-The Marquis, turning superciliously, flicked the questioner’s shoulder
-with his glove:
-
-“And, pray, why did you not do so, then?”
-
-“Because we, sir, were not traitors!”
-
-Dick had only just time to stop the Marquis, who was on the point of
-rushing at the insolent Indian. Maria-Teresa, knowing her father’s
-pride, calmed him in a moment by urging in an undertone that it would
-be ridiculous for a man of his rank and age to pay more attention to an
-Indian bank-clerk.
-
-“You are quite right,” said Don Christobal with a gesture of contempt
-under which the Indian stood motionless as a statue. He had not been
-without guessing the sense of Maria-Teresa’s remarks, and might have
-said more had not the stopping of the train definitely closed the
-incident.
-
-The railway line, then still in course of construction, went no farther.
-The remaining thirty miles to Cajamarca had to be covered on mule-back,
-for they were still in the heart of the mountains, and the defiles were
-steep.
-
-It was too long a journey, however, for the tired travelers to undertake
-until the following morning. Clinging to the flanks of the rocks were
-a few rude sheds in which were lodged the men working on the line. Near
-by, surrounding a canteen, stood a dozen fairly comfortable tents, in
-which they themselves were to pass the night In a meager pasture just
-beyond, some thirty mules wandered at liberty, grazing. Above, the
-omnipresent galinagas flew in circles against a purple sky.
-
-Dinner, served on the brink of a chasm from which rose the mutter of the
-racing stream, was a gay meal. Buntu had vanished, and did not reappear
-until after nightfall, when Maria-Teresa met him near her tent. He was
-very apologetic, and, hat in hand, excused himself for the incident in
-the train. He had had no intention of being rude, and knowing that the
-Marquis was a great friend of the manager of the Franco-Belgian bank, he
-hoped that he would not carry the matter further.
-
-Maria-Teresa, conquering a strong desire to laugh, promised the
-descendant of the Incas that he would not lose his clerkship through
-them. When he had bowed himself out of sight, she carried the story to
-her father and Dick, who were vastly amused. Then they all went to bed,
-with the exception of Uncle Francis, who passed the greater part of the
-night putting his notes in order and writing an article for a reverend
-monthly in which he re-told the story of the conquest of Peru, with the
-aid of the Last of the Incas. This Indian he sketched as a gloriously
-picturesque character, carefully omitting to say that he wore European
-clothes!
-
-As every night since the appearance of the three strange heads on her
-balcony Maria-Teresa found sleep with difficulty. To-night, though tired
-by the journey, she tossed restlessly on her narrow camp-bed. Suddenly,
-in the dead of night, she sat up, listening. A familiar voice seemed
-to be speaking. She slipped noiselessly to the canvas flap covering the
-entrance to the tent, and peeped out.
-
-There were two shadows out there, moving away in the moonlight One she
-recognized immediately for the Indian bank-clerk. Who was the other?
-They stopped, and half turned toward the tent. It was Huascar!
-
-What was Huascar doing there, at that time of night, with that strange
-Indian? Why were they pointing at her tent? What did it all mean?...
-The two shadows were walking again.... Then the peace of the night was
-broken by a neigh, and the young girl saw a picketed horse stamping in
-the shadow beyond. Huascar vaulted into the saddle, while his companion
-loosed the picket-rope, still talking and occasionally nodding toward
-the tent. Then both disappeared, and silence descended again on the
-sleeping camp.
-
-Maria-Teresa could not sleep all night. Huascar’s unexpected
-reappearance was in no way calculated to calm the half-expressed terror
-which haunted her, and which she refused to acknowledge, stifling what
-she called her cowardice.
-
-Had she anything to fear from Huascar? She could not believe it. She
-knew quite well that the Indian loved her, but as a faithful dog does,
-she thought; and she felt certain that she could count on his devotion
-were she in any danger.
-
-And yet! And yet!... And yet what? What danger could there be? It was
-too absurd! She was becoming as ridiculous as those two old ladies with
-their crazy legends! With that, she decided not to say a word to either
-Dick or her father. She was not going to be taken for a child afraid of
-every shadow it saw at night. But she would question Huayna Gapac Runtu
-on the very first occasion.
-
-This occasion presented itself during the first stage of the next day’s
-journey. Maria-Teresa, the Marquis, Dick and old Montgomery led the way.
-Uncle Francis, at first delighted with the prospect of a mule-ride, soon
-determined to get off again. Riding along the very edge of precipices,
-his mount felt ten times too high, and he was sure that he would be
-safer on foot and, at certain times, on all-fours. He gradually became
-convinced that his mule would slip, and determined to dismount, at a
-point where two riders could not pass abreast.
-
-The whole cavalcade was thus stopped, while those behind called on the
-scientist to go ahead, and he vowed that he would do nothing of the
-kind, twisting in his saddle and trying to discover the best way to get
-off. Immediate action of the Indian bank-clerk saved the situation, and
-probably Uncle Francis’ neck. Getting off his own mule, Runtu squeezed
-down the line, and catching Mr. Montgomery’s mount by the bridle, led
-it on to a broader path and safety. Dick, the Marquis and Maria-Teresa
-could not do less than thank him.
-
-When they moved on, Maria-Teresa and the Indian were riding side by
-side.
-
-“Well, señor Huayna Capae Runtu?” she smiled at him.
-
-“Oh, señorita, let us forget all those illustrious names, which died
-with my ancestors. The only one I have a right to now is that by which I
-am known at the bank--just plain Oviedo, like everybody else.”
-
-“Yes, I remember now. That is what you called yourself when you came to
-me from the bank.... Well, señor Oviedo, can you tell me now what you
-were doing outside my tent last night with Huascar, my former servant?”
-
-Oviedo Huayna Capac Runtu did not budge, but his mule swerved slightly.
-He reined it in.
-
-“So you saw Huascar, señorita? An old friend of mine. He arrived late
-at night, on his way to Cajamarca, and knowing I was at the camp, halted
-here a minute to see me. I remember now, we did stop outside your tents.
-When I told him you were there, he asked me to keep watch over you....
-He went on immediately afterwards.”
-
-“Do I need somebody to keep watch over me, then? Am I in any danger?”
-
-“The ordinary dangers of a journey like this. A mule may miss its
-footing, or a saddle may slip off. In either case, it spells death.
-That is what Huascar meant, and that is why I myself chose your mule and
-girthed it up this morning.”
-
-“You are too kind,” said Maria-Teresa drily.
-
-At this moment, Uncle Francis drew level with them. He had recovered his
-equanimity with the wider path, and spoke casually of mountain dangers.
-
-“All the same,” he added, “I wonder how Pizarro managed to bring his
-little army through here.”
-
-Maria-Teresa threw him a look which, had he seen it, would have toppled
-the clumsy scientist into a ravine, mule and all. But he remained
-serenely unconscious.
-
-“It is extraordinary,” acquiesced Oviedo. “I have made rather a study
-of it. At some points, the road was so steep that the horsemen had to
-dismount and almost drag their chargers after them. A single false step
-would have hurled them thousands of feet below. The defiles were then
-just practicable for the half-naked Indians, and think what it must have
-been for armored men, with the menace of an unknown enemy above them.”
-
-“But what were the Indians doing all this time?” asked Dick, approaching
-in his turn.
-
-“Nothing, señor... they were awaiting a visitor, not a foe.... Messages
-had been exchanged which....”
-
-“One question,” put in the Marquis’ voice. “Do you suppose that if King
-Atahualpa had for one minute imagined his 50,000 men were incapable of
-defending him against a hundred and fifty Spaniards, that he would have
-behaved as he did? No, he merely felt contempt for their weakness. And
-he was wrong!”
-
-“Yes, señor, he was wrong.” The bank-clerk bent his head humbly over
-his saddle-bow. Then, straightening himself again, he pointed to a peak
-towering above. “He should have appeared in those defiles, like the
-horseman yonder, and all would have been finished. The Sun our God would
-still be reigning over the Empire of the Incas!”
-
-As he said these words, the clerk seemed to have grown to a giant. His
-sweeping gesture took in the whole huge mass of the Andes, making of it
-a pedestal for the Indian above them, sitting motionless on his horse,
-and watching their caravan.
-
-“Huascar!” exclaimed Maria-Teresa.
-
-All recognized Huascar. From that moment, until they had left the
-first chain of the Andes behind them, that silhouette of horse and man
-dominated and haunted them--sometimes behind, sometimes before, but
-always above them:--a promise of protection, or a menace.
-
-
-
-
-II
-
-After another night in camp, the travelers came in sight of the
-beautiful valley of Cajamarca, smiling below them in striking contrast
-to the somber mountains around. Thus did this happy valley appear to the
-astonished eyes of Pizarro’s men. It was inhabited in the days of the
-Conquistador by a race far superior to those with which the Spaniards
-had met on the other side of the mountains, as was clearly shown by the
-taste of their clothes, the cleanliness and comfort of their homes. As
-far as the eye could reach was a prosperous plain, watered by a wide
-river, abundantly irrigated by canals and subterranean aqueducts, broken
-up by green hedges and well-cultivated fields; for the ground was rich,
-and the temperate climate favorable to farming. Immediately below the
-adventurers lay the little city of Cajamarca, its white houses twinkling
-in the sunlight, like a precious stone shining in the dark girdle of the
-Sierra.
-
-About a league beyond, in the valley, Pizarro could see columns of steam
-rising to the sky, and showing the position of the famous hot baths of
-the princes of Peru.
-
-There was also a spectacle far less pleasing to the Spaniards. The lower
-mountain slopes disappeared under a cloud of white tents, covering an
-area of several miles. “We were amazed,” wrote one of the conquerors,
-“to find the Indians holding so proud a position, and this sight threw
-confusion, and even fear, into the staunchest hearts. But it was too
-late to turn, or to show the slightest weakness, and after carefully
-exploring the ground, we put on the best faces that we could, and
-prepared to enter Caxamarxa.”
-
-Flowing over with such memories, and wild with excitement at finding
-himself in a land which he knew so well by hearsay, Uncle Francis stood
-up in his stirrups, and held forth interminably on the Cajamarca of his
-dreams. Instructed by Oviedo Runtu, he showed them the exact spot where
-Atahualpa and his 50,000 warriors had awaited Pizarro. Uncle Francis
-himself felt no fear of this huge army, massed in the hidden fastnesses
-of a continent discovered by Christopher Columbus just forty years
-before Pizarro’s wild venture. He felt like a hero of antiquity, and was
-quite ready to give the order to charge.
-
-There was nobody there to tell them, though, what were the feelings of
-the Peruvian monarch when he saw the warlike band of Christians, banners
-flying, corselets and morions gleaming, debouch from the dark defile and
-advance into the rolling domains which until then no white man had ever
-seen.
-
-Suddenly, Uncle Francis’ mule bolted, and a burst of laughter went up
-from the whole party. Excited by the shouts and cries, the other mules
-followed their leader, helter-skelter down the incline. The obvious
-dénouement was not long in coming. Uncle Francis’ mount, in a desperate
-effort to get away from the noise behind, rolled over, and the
-unfortunate scientist described a neat somersault. He was on his feet
-again almost at once, and soon set his anxious companions at rest.
-
-“Thus it was,” he laughed, “that Pizarro won his first battle.”
-
-Maria-Teresa and Dick appearing disposed to listen, he explained that in
-the Conquistador’s first fight with Incas, before he crossed the Andes,
-the little band of Spaniards, hard pressed, was saved by one hidalgo
-being unhorsed. The Incas, knowing nothing of horses or horsemanship,
-were so frightened that they fled, not daring to face this extraordinary
-animal which became two and still went on fighting.
-
-Naturally, nobody believed him, though he was in no way drawing on his
-imagination. The whole story of the conquest of Peru is so extraordinary
-that one must forgive incredulity.
-
-These facts, however, are vouched for by well-authenticated documents
-in the Royal Archives at Madrid, which Uncle Francis had taken care to
-study before starting for the Americas with his nephew. They were still
-laughing at his adventure and his story when their cavalcade reached the
-walls of Cajamarca.
-
-It was nightfall as they entered the city. The first thing to arrest
-their attention was the enormous number of Indians in the streets, and
-their silence. Cajamarca, with a normal population of between twelve and
-thirteen thousand, certainly sheltered twice as many souls that night.
-And still more people were coming.
-
-On the highroad, the Marquis’ party had successively passed file after
-file of Indians, plodding in the direction of their Sacred City. For
-Cajamarca may be called the necropolis of the Incas, and one can hardly
-take a step in its streets or avenues without meeting with some reminder
-of the splendor of a vanished empire.
-
-It was easy to see, by the manner of the Quichuas crowding the historic
-roadways, that a religious pilgrimage had brought together this mass.
-
-The amazement of the travelers, however, was as nothing to that of the
-inhabitants themselves, who had never before witnessed such an invasion.
-In the memory of living man, the Interaymi had never visibly moved the
-multitude in this manner. Even the great decennial fête had been rather
-the occasion for a general disappearance of Indians than for their
-appearance.
-
-What did it all mean? The authorities were distinctly ill at ease, and
-the few troops massed at Cajamarca when the news came in of Garcia’s
-Indian revolt at the other end of the country had been put under arms.
-The doors of the city’s eight churches were militarily guarded, for
-each one of these buildings might have made a fortress. The rest of the
-troops had been gathered in the main square, not far from the ruined
-palace in which stands the stone on which Atahualpa, last King of the
-Incas, was burned alive.
-
-These ruins were the goal of the Indians’ long pilgrimage over the
-mountains, the visit to that stone being the religious and outward
-pretext for this mute manifestation by a conquered race.
-
-Don Christobal, amazed at what he saw, nervously remembered that the
-great Indian revolt of 1818 had been preceded by just such happenings.
-Were the Interaymi festivals which began next day really to be the
-signal for one of those revolts which the governments of Peru had long
-decided were no more to be feared?
-
-As he was putting this question to himself, the Marquis caught sight
-of the post-office, and immediately dismounted. Dick and Maria-Teresa
-exchanged a smile. They were at last to know the name of the facetious
-sender of the Golden Sun bracelet.
-
-They pulled up their mules, and waited with an indifferent air that was
-perhaps a little affected. Ten minutes later the Marquis came out.
-
-“I have the name and address,” he said in a puzzled voice.
-
-“And what is the name?” questioned Maria-Teresa.
-
-“Atahualpa,” replied her father, mounting.
-
-“So the jest continues.”--Maria-Teresa’s voice had changed a little.
-
-“Apparently so. The clerk who received the parcel says it was brought in
-by an Indian, who said his name really was Atahualpa. That, after all,
-is possible.”
-
-“Well, as you have the address, we might pay him a little call,”
- suggested Dick.
-
-“Exactly what I was going to say.” And Don Christobal turned his mule.
-Uncle Francis brought up the rear, vigorously taking notes, with his
-book resting on the pommel of the saddle.
-
-They crossed a rivulet racing towards an affluent of the upper Maranon,
-passed San Francisco, the first Christian church built in Peru, and,
-after the Marquis had asked his way several times, finally reached a
-square teeming with Indians.
-
-On one side of this square still stood ancient palace walls. There
-had been the last home of the last Inca King. There he had lived
-in splendor, and there he died a martyr. There had been the home of
-Atahualpa, and there had the post-office clerk directed Don Christobal
-de la Torre!
-
-
-
-
-III
-
-Taken in the swirl of the crowd, the little cavalcade was gradually
-headed toward the ruined palace, and forced through its huge gates
-almost before the Marquis’ party knew what had happened.
-
-They were now in a vast courtyard packed with Indians. Some of them,
-standing erect, showed the proud foreheads of chiefs, but the great
-majority were prostrate round a stone in the center--the stone of the
-martyrdom of Atahualpa.
-
-On the far side of this stone, standing on a rude bench, was a man
-draped in a poncho of vivid red.... He was speaking in Quichua, while
-the crowd listened in reverent silence.
-
-As the party of strangers rode into the courtyard, a sharp voice behind
-them interrupted the psalm-like recitation of the man in the red poncho.
-
-“Speak Spanish, and everybody will understand,” it said.
-
-The Marquis and Maria-Teresa turned. Behind them was their bank-clerk
-traveling companion, bowing as if to make them understand that he
-had intervened to do them a favor. Extraordinarily enough, this
-interruption, almost sacrilegious as it was, did not stir a man. The
-Indian in the red poncho paused for a moment, and continued in Spanish.
-
-“In those days,” he said, “the Inca was all-powerful, and a vast army
-bowed to his will. The city was surrounded by a triple wall of stone, in
-the heart of which stood the citadel and the home of the Virgins of the
-Sun. The Inca, knowing no fear, and ignorant of all treason, allowed the
-white men to enter the city and received them as friends, as envoys from
-that other great emperor beyond the seas.
-
-“But the leader of the Strangers, doubting the generous heart of the
-Inca, had divided his army into three bands, marching toward the city in
-battle array. Then the Inca said, ‘Since they fear our hospitality, let
-us all leave the city, so that peace may enter their hearts.’ Thus it
-was that when the Conquistador rode through our streets, he met not
-a living soul, and heard no sound but the stamp of his own warriors’
-feet.” Here the speaker stopped, as if to gather his thoughts, and
-continued:
-
-“This was at a late hour in the afternoon. The Stranger then sent an
-ambassador to the Inca’s camp. He sent his brother, Fernando, and twenty
-horsemen. The Inca received Fernando on his throne, his forehead adorned
-with the royal borla. He was surrounded by his officers and wives.
-
-“The Strangers came with words of honey, and the Inca replied: ‘Tell
-your leader that I am fasting until to-morrow. Then will I and my chiefs
-visit him. Until then, I allow him to occupy the public buildings on the
-square, but no others. I will decide to-morrow what is meet.’
-
-“Now it happened that after these good words, a Spaniard, to thank the
-Inca, put his horse through its paces, for the prince who had never seen
-such an animal. And several of those present having shown fear, while
-the Inca himself remained impassible, the Inca ordered them to be put
-to death, as was just. Then the ambassadors drank chicha in golden vases
-brought to them by the Virgins of the Sun, and returned to Cajamarca.
-
-“When they told their leader of what they had seen, the splendor of the
-Inca’s camp, the number of his troops, despair entered the soldiers’
-hearts. At night they saw the Inca’s camp-fires lighting up the
-mountain-sides, and blazing in the darkness like a multitude of stars.”
-
-The Indian paused again, then went on:
-
-“But the Stranger, intent on evil, went among his men spreading the
-shameful words which gave them new courage. The next day, at noon, the
-Inca’s bodyguard advanced toward the city. The King could be seen above
-the multitude, carried on the shoulders of his princes. Behind him, the
-ranks of his own soldiers stretched as far as the eye could reach. The
-city was silent, save for the cry of the sentinels on the citadel walls,
-reporting the movements of the Inca’s army.
-
-“First there entered into the city three hundred servitors, chanting
-songs of triumph to the glory of the Inca. Then came warriors, guards,
-lords adorned with silver, copper, and gold. Our Atahualpa, Son of
-the Sun, was borne above all on a throne of massive gold. Now, when
-Atahualpa, with six thousand men, had reached the great square without
-seeing a single white man, he asked: ‘Where are the strangers?’ And a
-monk, whom none had seen until then, approached the Inca, a cross in his
-hand. With the monk was an interpreter of our race. The Inca listened
-while the priest told him of his religion and urged him to abandon the
-faith of his fathers for that of the Christian. Atahualpa replied: ‘Your
-God was put to death by the men to whom he gave life. But mine lives
-still in the Heavens, and shines upon his children.”
-
-At these words, the Indians surrounding the little band of Europeans
-turned toward the sun, just about to vanish behind the Andes, uttering
-a strange cry, a cry of mingled farewell and hope handed down by
-generations as the salutation of their faith to the God of Day. Above
-the reverently bowed throng, a purple sky awaited the coming of night.
-
-The scene was so grandiose that Dick and Maria-Teresa could not restrain
-a movement of admiration. There could be no doubt of it: the Sun god
-still had his true worshipers, as in the tragic days of Atahualpa. To
-know it, one had only to look at this trembling mass of men, who had
-kept their language and their traditions through so many centuries. They
-had been vanquished, but not conquered. Perhaps it was true after
-all that back there in the mountains, in some city unknown to all but
-themselves, guarded by the rampart of the Andes and the eternal snows,
-there lived priests who passed their lives feeding the sacred fires.
-
-After their salutation to the Sun, the Indians resumed their kneeling
-posture, many, strangely enough, making the sign of the cross as they
-bent to the ground. Where did that sign come from? Was it only another
-instance of the extraordinary mingling of cults and creeds so often
-seen, or did it go even further back? Historians there are who say
-that the conquerors found it already used by the Incas. Did some early
-Christian adventurers, then, found the twin empires of the Americas?
-While Uncle Francis dreamed on, lost in such conjectures, the priest in
-the red poncho, took up the broken thread of his narration:
-
-“Pizarro and his men, armed for battle, were hiding in the halls of the
-vast palace surrounding the square. There the monk who had spoken to
-Atahualpa rejoined the Stranger, and said to him: ‘Do you not see that
-we wrestle in vain with this dog’s pride? His troops are coming up by
-the thousand. Strike while it is not too late!”’
-
-The silence became, if possible, more intense. The man in red, about to
-tell of what he called the Crime of the Stranger, straightened himself
-on his pedestal till he dominated the whole assembly.
-
-“‘St. James and at them!’ With that accursed battle-cry, Pizarro’s men
-hurled themselves on the Inca and his guard. Horse and foot charged
-out of the palace in which they had been hidden, smashing in the indian
-ranks. A terrible panic seized Atahut and his followers, who fled in
-all directions. Nobles and servants, princes and guards, fled before the
-terrible horsemen, who trampled down all before them.
-
-“They made no resistance. They could not, for they were unarmed. Nor
-could they flee, for all the doors and streets were barred by the
-corpses of those trampled to death in a vain effort to escape. So
-terrible was the press, the whirling swords driving our people ever
-further back, that one wall of the square fell. Hundreds fled through
-this opening and scattered in all directions, the Spanish horse in
-pursuit.
-
-“Atahualpa’s throne, borne hither and thither in the crowd, was finally
-reached by the Spaniards. He would have been killed there and then had
-not Pizarro intervened. In doing so, he was wounded in the hand by one
-of his own men. The nobles carrying the royal litter were cut down, and
-the Inca was seized by Pizarro. A soldier named Estete tore the borla
-from his forehead, and the captured monarch was conducted to a hall near
-by.
-
-“With the capture of the Inca, all resistance ceased. The news spread
-through the country like wildfire, and all thought of real resistance
-was gone. Even the thousands of soldiers encamped round the city took
-fright, and scattered.
-
-“The only being which might have kept the Indians united was cut.
-
-“That night, the Inca supped with Pizarro. He showed surprising courage,
-and remained impassible throughout the meal.
-
-“The next day, the sack of the city began. Never had the Spaniards seen
-so much gold and silver. Atahualpa, quick to see their greed, offered
-Pizarro to buy his liberty by covering with gold the floor of the room
-in which they were. Finally, he declared that he would not only cover
-the floor, but also fill the room as high as he could reach.
-
-“With that, he made a mark on the wall with his fingertip; and Pizarro,
-accepting, ordered a red line to be drawn round the room at that height.
-The room was seventeen feet by twenty-two long, and the line was drawn
-nine feet from the ground.”
-
-At this point, the red priest stopped and walked slowly to a ruined
-wall. “Here,” he said, pointing to a still faintly visible line, “was
-the mark of the ransom.
-
-“Atahualpa, moreover, promised to fill a neighboring room with silver,
-and asked for two months in which to fulfil the task. His messengers,
-chosen among the Spaniards’ prisoners, were despatched into all the
-provinces of the Empire.
-
-“Meanwhile, the Inca was closely watched, for his captivity meant not
-only Pizarro’s security, but also fabulous riches for the Conquistadors.
-The room filled gradually, Indians arriving daily with golden goblets,
-platters, vases and bar gold to lay at the feet of their prisoned ruler.
-On some days, we are told, as much as 60,000 pesos of booty was brought
-in.
-
-“To hasten the gathering of the ransom, Pizarro sent his brother
-Fernando to Cuzco, the greatest city of the Incas. With them went a
-messenger from Atahualpa, at whose orders the priests stripped the
-Temple of the Sun, and the inhabitants gave up every scrap of precious
-metal in their possession. Fernando brought back with him, besides a
-mass of silver, 200 full loads of gold.
-
-“Now faced with the problem of taking his plunder from the country,
-Pizarro ordered the melting-down of the hundreds of objects massed in
-the treasure-room. The finest pieces sent from temples and palaces were
-set aside for Charles V., to show the Emperor what a wonderful land had
-been added to his possession--all the rest was to be reduced to ingots.
-
-“The native jewelers, obeying Atahualpa, worked night and day for
-a month to carry out this task. When the ingots were weighed, the
-Spaniards found that they had gold to the value of 1,326,539 pesos de
-oro. This would mean, in modern currency, and taking into consideration
-the altered value of money, more than three and a half millions
-sterling, or close on fifteen and a half million dollars.
-
-“But now that the ransom had been paid, Atahualpa was not set at
-liberty. His captors accused him of fomenting a rebellion against
-Charles V., and threatened him with death. Atahualpa replied: “‘Am I not
-a poor prisoner in your hands? Why should I do so, knowing that I should
-be the first to suffer if my people rose? And unless I give the order,
-none will raise a hand against you. Even the birds in my states hardly
-dare fly against my will.
-
-“But his protestations of innocence had little effect. Pizarro’s men
-were convinced that a general rising was being prepared. Patrols were
-doubled, and every man of the little army slept under arms.
-
-“Pizarro did all he could, or pretended to do all he could, to save
-the Inca’s life, but in vain. His followers demanded it, and Atahualpa,
-brought to trial, was found guilty and sentenced to be burned alive. On
-the 29th of August, 1533, his fate was proclaimed in the great square of
-the city to the sound of bugles, and two hours after sunset he was taken
-to the stake.
-
-“Atahualpa left this hall loaded with chains! He passed through this
-door on his way to martyrdom!”
-
-Once again the red priest left his rude rostrum, walking here and there
-through the crowd, evoking by deed as well as word the last hours of the
-last Inca. The silence was intense, and his voice, alternately grave and
-impassioned, rang out like a clarion note.
-
-In the sad story, the Indian orator had omitted all that showed, the
-immense courage of the Conquistadors and the cowardice of the Inca’s
-followers. Everything was attributed to the treachery of the Spaniards.
-
-“So Atahualpa died at the stake!”
-
-Menacing and prophetic, the priest turned toward the spot where
-Christobal de la Torre and his companions, hemmed in by the crowd, had
-listened, as motionless as any of the faithful present.
-
-“And I say unto you, cursed be all the sons of those who came to us
-with a lie in their hearts! They shall die like dogs, and never know the
-blessed palaces of the Sun. They shall die unblessed, the liars who say
-that Atahualpa abjured his faith! The Son of the Sun remained true to
-the God of Day!”
-
-There was a threatening murmur in the crowd. Round the Sacred Stone,
-it grew to a roar. How dared those strangers come there at such a time?
-Centuries of slavery can never bend backs so low that they will not
-straighten at certain hours. The descendant of Christobal de la Torre
-had met one of those hours.
-
-
-
-
-IV
-
-Men, women and children began to press toward the group of riders.
-Dick, first to realize the change in the humor of the mob, spurred
-alongside Maria-Teresa.
-
-“We must get out of this! Steady, and forward all!”
-
-The Marquis, superbly cool, followed as if reluctant to show his back to
-any horde of Indians. The menace in the voices grew clearer. He looked
-round him, and drove his spurs home, till his mount reared and plunged
-into the crowd, clearing a space around it.
-
-The mob was howling now, and knives were being drawn on all sides, when
-a giant Indian pushed his way toward the Spaniards. Maria-Teresa, Don
-Christobal and Dick recognized Huascar, before whom his countrymen made
-way with evident respect and dread.
-
-“Back!” he shouted, taking the young girl’s mule by the bridle. “Who
-touches the Virgin of the Sun is a dead man!”
-
-At these words, the crowd parted. Silence succeeded the tumult of a
-moment before.
-
-“Let the strangers pass,” ordered Huascar, and himself escorted them to
-the ancient palace gates.
-
-Outside, on the plaza, they met a police patrol. The sergeant, in
-undertaking to escort them to the inn, was eloquent on their imprudence
-in coming into a quarter peopled by fanatical Indians on the eve of the
-Interaymi.
-
-The Marquis wished to thank Huascar, but the Indian had vanished.
-Maria-Teresa and Dick, both very white, had not a word to say. Uncle
-Francis was also dumb, and did not take a single note.
-
-At the inn they found only one vacant room, in which they all gathered.
-Dick was the first to utter the thought which was worrying them all.
-
-“Suppose it was true!”
-
-“Yes, suppose it was true!” repeated Maria-Teresa,
-
-“What? Suppose what was true?” demanded the Marquis, refusing to
-understand.
-
-“The Virgin of the Sun!”
-
-They were all silent for a moment, bent under the weight of one amazing,
-absurd, monstrous thought. And they exchanged anxious, frightened looks,
-like children who are being told some terrifying fairy-tale. Dick broke
-the spell:
-
-“You heard what Huascar said. ‘Who touches the Virgin of the Sun is a
-dead man!’ Those were his own words!”
-
-“Just a manner of speech,” hesitated Uncle Francis. “It cannot be
-anything else.”
-
-“Anything else? What do you mean?” demanded the Marquis violently.
-
-“Well, it could not be... the other thing. If Maria-Teresa was... was
-the Virgin of the Sun, they would not have let her pass out.”
-
-“Are we all going mad! After all, we are masters here!” burst out Don
-Christobal. “There are the police, and the troops. All those rascals out
-there are our slaves. ‘Pon my soul, we are all raving!”
-
-“Of course!” exclaimed Maria-Teresa.
-
-“All the same, I think we ought to get out of Cajamarca as soon as we
-can,” said Dick, going to the window and looking out. Night had fallen,
-and with it silence. The square outside was deserted.
-
-Suddenly there was a knock at the door, and a servant brought in
-a letter addressed to Maria-Teresa. She tore it open and read
-aloud:--“Return to Lima at once. Leave Cajamarca tonight.”
-
-“It is not signed,” she said, “but this warning comes from Huascar.”
-
-“And we should follow his advice,” said Dick. There was another knock
-at the door. This time, it announced the arrival of the Chief of Police,
-who was anxious to know what had happened.
-
-He had heard of the incident at Atahualpa’s palace, and had moreover
-been warned by an Indian, an employee at the Franco-Belgian bank at
-Lima, that it might be dangerous for the Marquis and his companions to
-show themselves in the streets on the following day.
-
-It was obvious that the man feared trouble, and would have given
-anything to see the party a hundred miles away. When he learned that
-they were ready to leave at once, he busied himself about finding them
-fresh mules and a guide, and furthermore detailed four troopers to
-escort the party as far as the railway.
-
-Cajamarca was left at eleven o’clock that night, and the return journey
-was made at double the speed at which they had come. Dick would let
-nobody rest, and forced the pace throughout. It was not until the
-following night, safe in the train for Pascamayo, that they realized
-the ridicule that attached to their hasty flight. “Just like a pack
-of children frightened out of their lives by Agnes’ stories,” said the
-Marquis.
-
-Back in civilized life again, they were all surprised at their panic.
-After all, the whole thing could be so naturally explained--fanatics
-resenting the presence of strangers at a religious festival, and nothing
-more. The best thing they could do was to forget it as soon as possible.
-Uncle Francis restored the party’s gaiety by going through the same
-performance which he had rehearsed on landing.
-
-Forty-eight hours in Lima completely dispelled the cobwebs. Maria-Teresa
-found a great deal of work awaiting her, and forgot her fears in a maze
-of figures which took her to Callao early, and kept her busy at the
-offices until late in the afternoon, when Dick came to fetch her.
-
-One afternoon, about eight days after the adventure at Cajamarca, the
-tap at her window which announced Dick’s arrival came earlier than
-usual. Maria-Teresa got up, and threw open the shutters. Dick was
-not there.... Then she retreated with a half-strangled scream. Was it
-possible? In the rapidly gathering darkness, she could not be sure, and
-leaned out of the window to see better.... That thing, swaying in the
-darkness, looked just like the sugar-loaf skull.... She retreated into
-the room, trembling in every limb, and turned round. From the dark
-corners of the chamber two other shadows, the valise and cap skulls,
-were advancing slowly, swaying as they came.
-
-For a moment, Maria-Teresa thought she had lost her reason. Then she
-made a violent effort to regain control of herself. Dead skulls could
-not come to life like this. And yet, they were coming toward her,
-swaying horribly, above shadowy bodies! A desperate scream for help
-was choked in her throat. “Dick!...” and nothing more. The three living
-skulls had hurled themselves upon her, gagged her, and now, throwing the
-inanimate girl over their shoulders, hurried through the black hole of
-the open window. Maria-Teresa’s own motor was waiting there, her negro
-boy at the wheel, smiling strangely.
-
-Their mummy hands, horribly living, lifted the girl into the tonneau,
-and the three monsters, like three larvae, climbed in after her. Then
-the car shot down the street.
-
-
-
-
-BOOK III--THE TRAIL OF THE PONCHOS
-
-
-
-
-I
-
-Meanwhile, Dick, wandering through Callao until the time came to call
-for Maria-Teresa, was strolling up the Calle de Lima. He had just come
-from the Darsena docks, where the harbor engineers had been giving him
-news the reverse of cheerful. In the present condition of the country,
-they said, any venture in the deserted gold-mines of the Cuzco was
-hopeless.
-
-The last two days had brought news of fighting from the other end of the
-country. Or, at all events, cartridges were being used up, even if
-there was no attendant damage. Everybody had thought Garcia feasting
-at Arequipa, but the pretender had evaded his enemies and attacked the
-Republican forces between Sicuani and the Cuzco. It was even rumored
-that Cuzco itself had fallen into his hands.
-
-Were all this true, the outlook for Dick’s affairs was bad. His company,
-thanks to the influence of the Marquis de la Torre, had obtained a
-concession from President Veintemilla, This would not be worth the paper
-it was written on if Garcia proved victorious. Super-active by nature,
-the young engineer could not endure the thought of the long months of
-enforced idleness before him until the revolution had been settled in
-one way or another.
-
-As he came into the Calle de Lima, Dick pulled out his watch. He
-found that he still had a few minutes to spare. Much as she loved him,
-Maria-Teresa did not like being interrupted at her work, so he
-turned into the Circulo de los Amigos de las Artes for a drink. This
-establishment, though baptized a club, was in reality a huge café and
-reading-room. The ground floor was packed with people discussing the
-latest events. Cuzco was in every mouth, and it was noticeable that
-Veintemilla’s warmest partizans now had a good word to say for Garcia.
-
-A stampede of shock-headed newsboys, shouting the latest edition of
-an official paper, tore past the café, scattering still wet sheets and
-collecting coppers. One of the customers climbed onto a table and
-read out a proclamation by the President, urging calm and giving a
-categorical denial to the report of the capture of Cuzco. General Garcia
-and his troops, the President announced, were bottled up in Arequipa,
-all the sierra defiles were in the hands of Government troops, and the
-traitors would be hurled into the sea or chased into the great sand
-deserts. The proclamation concluded with a reference to Indian troubles
-in the suburbs, attributing them to the usual Interaymi effervescence,
-and dismissing them as negligible. Cheers for the President ended the
-reading of his manifesto. Wavering allegiances were at once restored,
-and it was generally agreed that his statement was superb.
-
-Dick left the café a little happier, though he did not really place
-a great deal of faith in the official denial. Night had fallen and
-he walked briskly, now fearing that he might be late. As he went, he
-remembered his first day’s walk through this same labyrinth of narrow
-streets. Then he caught sight of his fiancée’s verandah in the distance,
-and noticed that the window was open, as on the first day.
-
-There she sat, the little business-woman, with her brass-covered green
-registers. What a manly little brain it was! And to think that the pair
-of them had been such fools over that Golden Sun bracelet... Something
-to laugh about in after years, that!
-
-“Hello, Maria-Teresa!”
-
-There was no answer, and Dick walked up to the window.
-
-“Maria-Teresa!”
-
-Still no answer. He peered into the room, trying to see where she was
-hiding. Nobody there.
-
-“Good God! Maria-Teresa!”
-
-He walked into the room. There could be no doubt of it. That table
-knocked down, those books on the floor, that curtain torn from its
-rings, this broken pane in the window told the story. Silence greeted
-his shout for help. Not a servant, not a soul in the place, and all the
-doors open! “Maria-Teresa! Maria-Teresa!”
-
-Hardly knowing what he did, Dick ran into the deserted courtyard, and
-then back into the office. There could be no doubt of it. Huascar and
-his Indians had carried her off. That dog Huascar, whom she trusted,
-and who loved her, not as a dog should, but as if he were a man.
-Horror-stricken, furious, Dick searched the room for some clue.
-
-The scoundrels! He swore aloud as he pictured Maria-Teresa struggling
-in Huascar’s arms and calling for help in vain. That was where he should
-have been, instead of listening to all those fools in the café. He could
-have laid his hands on Huascar then! That was the man they should have
-watched instead of being thrown off the scent by all those wild-cat
-legends about the Bride of the Sun.
-
-An Indian in love with a white girl and thirsting for revenge! Of
-course! He saw it all now, and remembered how Huascar had last left that
-same room, driven out by Maria-Teresa. The insolent dog, with his fist
-raised in menace!
-
-As idea after idea swept across his brain, Dick stared helplessly at the
-blank walls about him. What could he do? He jumped back into the
-street and hesitated. No clue here--only the doors of closed stores and
-sightless walls--a pit of gloom.
-
-Suddenly he heard voices, and leaped into action. At the corner of the
-street there, under that lantern, was a wine-shop, the only living thing
-in this dead street. He ran toward it, kicked the door open, and almost
-fell on top of Domingo, the night watchman.
-
-“Where is your mistress?”
-
-Domingo, taken aback, mumbled indistinctly. He thought that the señorita
-had returned to Lima as usual with the señor. The motor had gone by just
-a little while ago.
-
-“What motor?”
-
-Domingo shrugged his shoulders. There were not so many motors as all
-that in Callao and Lima.
-
-“Who was driving?”
-
-“The boy.”
-
-“Libertad?”
-
-“Si, señor, Libertad.”
-
-“Did he say anything to you as he went past?”
-
-“No, señor, he did not see me.”
-
-“Did you see your mistress?”
-
-“The hood was up, señor, and the motor was traveling fast.... Nay,
-señor!... That is the truth. I swear it!”
-
-Dick seized the man by the collar, and shook him like a rat
-
-“What were you doing here? Why were you not with your mistress, at your
-post?”
-
-“I meant no harm, señor. A Quichua offered me a drink here... real
-pisco, señor.”
-
-Dick, without listening, dragged the protesting man through the streets
-and into the empty office. When he realized what had happened, Domingo
-would have torn his hair out with grief, but Dick, seizing him by the
-throat, drove him to the wall and looked into his eyes. A fool or a
-traitor, which was he?
-
-Told to speak, and speak quickly, Domingo answered Dick’s volley of
-questions without a minute’s hesitation. The señorita could not have
-been carried off without the aid of Libertad, a rascally half-breed to
-whom the señorita had given work out of pity. The day and hour had been
-chosen by some one who knew the place well, for on Saturday afternoons
-there were no workmen or clerks on the premises.
-
-“When you went out to drink, was the motor already waiting?”
-
-“Yes, señor. It had been there half an hour.”
-
-“Was the hood up?”
-
-“No, señor. Libertad was sitting in it alone.” Releasing his grip, Dick
-dashed into the street again and started running toward the main avenue.
-If Maria-Teresa had been carried off in her own motor, it would be easy
-to trace her part of the way. As Domingo had said, there were not so
-many cars about.
-
-As he dashed round a corner, Dick came into sharp collision with a man
-emerging from a doorway, who swore vigorously. Dick recognized him at
-once, and gave such a shout that the chief of police, for it was he,
-fell into a posture of defense.
-
-“Forgive me, señor.... I am Dick Montgomery... the fiancé of Señorita de
-la Torre.... She has been carried off by the Indians!...”
-
-“Doña Maria-Teresa? That is not possible!” In a few words, Dick told the
-little old gentleman what had happened, and gave him his suspicions. He
-found ready sympathy and belief.
-
-“I was on my way to dine with a friend just opposite. A minute while I
-tell them that I cannot come, and I am with you.”
-
-He hurried across the street while Dick, with an indignant snort, moved
-on toward the harbor, questioning shopkeepers and pedestrians as he
-went. So far as he could gather, the motor had about half-an-hour’s
-start of them.
-
-Dick was convinced that he had seen the last of the Chief of Police.
-In this he did the little man an injustice, for he had hardly gone two
-hundred yards before he heard footsteps behind him.
-
-“You did not wait, señor? Well, here I am. Natividad is always to be
-counted upon.”
-
-Though his real name was Perez, the Chief of Police was known throughout
-the city as Natividad, a nickname earned him by his cherubic face,
-and of which he was rather proud. Dick found the little man hot enough
-against the Indians even for his taste. Natividad hated the Quichuas,
-and believed them capable of anything.
-
-Just before they reached the harbor, at the corner of the narrow Calle de
-San Lorenzo, Natividad seized Dick by the arm and drew him to the wall.
-The street was deserted, and lighted only by feeble rays from a low
-glass-paned door a few steps ahead. This door had just been opened,
-and a man peered out cautiously. Dick stifled a desire to shout. He had
-recognized Huascar!
-
-The Indian whistled, and two shadows, wearing wide-brimmed Indian
-sombreros, detached themselves from the wall at the other end of the
-street. They rejoined Huascar, who had closed the door behind him, and
-exchanged a few rapid words. Then the two walked off in the direction of
-the harbor, and Huascar disappeared as he had come.
-
-Natividad, pressed against the wall, held Dick’s hand in a grip that
-imposed silence. “Why is it? What does it mean? Perhaps she is in
-there,” the young man whispered.
-
-Signing the engineer to stop talking, Natividad crept toward the door,
-and at the risk of being discovered, peeped through the uncurtained
-panes. Dick, looking over his shoulder, saw a room full of Indians
-sitting at tables, but neither smoking nor drinking. Huascar was walking
-up and down between the tables, in deep thought Then he vanished up a
-staircase leading to some room on the first floor.
-
-Natividad had apparently seen enough, for he dragged Dick into the
-shadow of a neighboring porch.
-
-“I cannot make it out,” he said. “What are they all doing here during
-the Interaymi? I thought every Quichua in the city had left for the
-mountains. There should not be one here for the next ten days. But
-I cannot believe Huascar has anything to do with the kidnaping. He
-wouldn’t tell his secret to all the Indians of Peru, when he knows that
-nearly every one of them can be bought for a few centavo!”
-
-“Wait before you make up your mind. We can at all events find the motor.
-I am sure Huascar knows where Maria-Teresa is. We must not lose sight of
-him.”
-
-“We shall not have to wait long,” replied Natividad, stiffening at a
-fresh noise from the other end of the calle. “Here are those Indians
-coming back with horses.... What does it mean?... Madré de Dios!... Is
-it possible?... The Interaymi!... Silence!”
-
-The clatter of hoofs on the cobbled roadway showed that quite a strong
-cavalcade was approaching, and the watchers drew back farther to the
-shelter of an alley nearly opposite the low door, and from which they
-could still see all that was happening round it. As the cavalcade rode
-up, the door opened again, showing all the Indians standing up, and
-apparently waiting for somebody.
-
-Huascar appeared first; after him an Indian whom Dick recognized at
-once for the Red Preacher of Cajamarca; lastly a man in a lounge-suit of
-impeccable cut:--Oviedo Huayna Runtu himself. Then an incredible thing
-happened. All these men who had remained motionless before Huascar and
-the priest bent on their knees, humbled their heads to the ground before
-the bank-clerk.
-
-The troop of horses and mules had halted before the low door, and men
-with lanterns came out of the house. The bank-clerk was the first to
-vault into the saddle, Huascar holding his stirrup. Then Huascar and the
-Cajamarca priest mounted, ranging themselves on each side of the leader,
-but just behind him.
-
-Huascar turned in his saddle and made a sign. Every Indian in the party
-threw open his poncho, showing beneath it, in the light of the lanterns,
-another cloak of brilliant red.
-
-“The Red Ponchos!” gasped Natividad, grasping Dick’s arm.
-
-There was a whistle at the end of the street, answered by another a
-long way off, at the other end of the Darsena quay,... and the cavalcade
-started.
-
-Dick made as if to follow, but Natividad held him back.
-
-“Wait, and listen! We must know which way they are going!”
-
-
-
-
-II
-
-Hunched forward, he listened, then turned to his companion.
-
-“The Chorillos road. Unless I am much mistaken, they are following the
-motor.”
-
-“Come on; we must get after them! Where can we get horses?”
-
-“Follow me. We can do better than that. We have the telephone and the
-railway.” And once again he took up his litany:--“The Red Ponchos! The
-Red Ponchos!”
-
-“What do you mean by that?... Red or gray, it’s all one.... Those men
-belong to Huascar’s band, and helped him.... That seems pretty clear to
-me.”
-
-“Quite right, quite right. I agree with you now, young sir,” replied
-Natividad, puffing by Dick’s side as they hurried toward the railway
-station. “Yes, indeed. They are all in it.... The Red Ponchos.... The
-Priests of the Sun.” Dick stopped dead. Natividad’s last words at last
-made him understand. He remembered, in a flash, all the legends told by
-Aunt Agnes and old Irene. And they had seen fit to laugh.
-
-“Good God!” he groaned, and began running again. As he ran, he shouted
-to his companion:--“But we’ll catch them yet, and you’ll arrest them
-all!”
-
-“I shall do what I can. But there are at least thirty of them, and there
-are not enough troops in Callao to send a squadron in pursuit.... Every
-soldier the city could spare has been sent into the sierra against
-Garcia.”
-
-“You can telephone to Lima.”
-
-“And they’ll take me for a madman, as they did ten years ago,” replied
-Natividad enigmatically.
-
-“Will we get to Chorillos before them?”
-
-“Yes, there’s a train in ten minutes’ time.”
-
-“It seems to me we would have done better to follow on horseback. Then
-we could have found out where they were going. Thirty of them, are
-there? Only damned Indians, though. I wouldn’t mind tackling the lot
-myself.”
-
-“This way is the best....” And Natividad added in an undertone: “They
-wouldn’t believe me ten years ago. Well, it’s beginning again.” Dick,
-intent on reaching the railway station, did not hear him. He could only
-think of those mysterious Indians on the highroad out there. “We shall
-lose their track,” he groaned.
-
-“You need not fear that,” replied the Chief of Police. “Their road runs
-alongside the railway line. If we see a motor waiting on it, we stop the
-train. If we overhaul the Red Ponchos alone, we go on to Chorillos, and
-wait for them there. I’ll see that the police expect them. Nothing is
-lost yet, Señor Montgomery.”
-
-At the railway station, Natividad found he had just time to telephone
-his instructions to the Chorillos police. No motor coming from the
-direction of Callao was to be allowed to pass.
-
-They were talking to the guard of the express when a Lima train steamed
-into the station, and they saw the Marquis, Uncle Francis and little
-Christobal appear.
-
-“Where is Maria-Teresa?” shouted the Marquis as he caught sight of Dick,
-and ran toward him. “Why are you alone? Where is she? What has happened?
-Speak, boy!”
-
-Little Christobal, clinging to Dick’s legs, reiterated his father’s
-questions, while Uncle Francis’ long shanks took him wandering aimlessly
-round the little group. The guard blew his whistle, and Natividad pushed
-them all into a carriage just as the train started.
-
-“Yes, she has been carried off by the Indians, but we know where she is.
-She is at Chorillos.” Dick’s attempt to reduce the force of the blow to
-the Marquis partly succeeded. Then he explained what he knew while Don
-Christobal, raging in his corner, swore to kill with his own hands every
-Quichua in the country. Little Christobal, understanding only that his
-sister was lost, sobbed bitterly.
-
-But what had given the others the alarm? The Marquis explained that Aunt
-Agnes and Irene, going to church for the evening angelus, found that the
-Golden Sun bracelet had been stolen from the shrine of the Virgin of San
-Domingo. They had returned home in a panic, to find the Marquis nearly
-distracted with fear. Going to his club for the first time in a week,
-he had there found an anonymous letter warning him to watch over his
-daughter day and night throughout the Interaymi. This letter, a twin
-of the one received at Cajamarca, had been waiting some days. It
-particularly warned him not to allow his daughter to go to Callao on
-Saturday. It was then seven o’clock, and going home to find that neither
-Maria-Teresa nor Dick were back, he had at once rushed to Callao. Little
-Christobal, refusing to listen to orders, had followed his father and
-Uncle Francis.
-
-Dick listened like one demented. He was silent, but his mind was in
-a turmoil. To think of such a thing! In a country where people used
-telephones and traveled by rail! It was too horrible, too incredible,
-yet horribly credible. There was no doubt in his mind now as to the
-reasons for the abduction.
-
-Natividad, closely questioned by the Marquis, finished by telling all he
-knew, and left them little hope. While loth to cause pain, he could
-not disguise certain facts. In a sense, too, he was triumphant. A
-conscientious official, he had once almost ruined his administrative
-career by certain reports on Quichua customs, dealing notably with the
-ritual murder of women and children. He had been laughed at, and called
-a lunatic--now the Red Ponchos were at work again.
-
-The silence of despair greeted his words. Then, anxious to reassure
-them, the little old gentleman insisted that the Indians could not go
-far with their precious burden. All the defiles of the sierra were
-held by Veintemilla’s troops. They would always give assistance to the
-police, and the Indians were bound to run into them as soon as they left
-the costa. The chief thing was not to lose the trail.
-
-They had now reached the point where the railway line joined the
-highroad running parallel to the sea, and all eyes were fixed on the
-great white band stretching out there in the moonlight. At first, it was
-bordered by a few tumble-down cabins and bamboo cottages, but soon there
-was only the nakedness of a huge sandy plain before them. Dick, the
-Marquis and Natividad, grouped at the windows, searched the night, while
-Uncle Francis took little Christobal in his arms and strove to console
-him. But the boy insisted on being held up, that he also might see out,
-moaning the while: “Maria-Teresa, Maria-Teresa!... Why have they taken
-my big sister?... Maria-Teresa!”
-
-Suddenly, the same cry broke from them all: “The motor!” There it was,
-standing before the gates of a lonely hacienda. Natividad almost tore
-out the emergency cord, and the train, with a grinding of brakes, slowed
-down and then stopped. They tumbled to the line, Natividad shouting to
-the guard to go on, and send back police, troops and horses as soon as
-they could.
-
-Dick raced across the plain, while Natividad, panting in the rear,
-called out to him to be careful, and not to give the alarm. The young
-engineer drew a revolver as he reached the motor, ready to shoot down
-the first man he saw. But there was nobody there. The car was empty, and
-the courtyard of the hacienda showed deserted, peopled only by the blue
-shadows of moonlight.
-
-The gates were wide open, and he entered cautiously. Some of the
-buildings round the courtyard were in ruins; all were manifestly
-deserted. On his right, the bodega, or store-house; on his left, the
-proprietor’s casa. Here again the doors were open.
-
-Dick returned to the motor, and was there rejoined by the Marquis and
-Natividad just as he lit one of the headlights. There was not a sound
-to be heard, and they followed the young man in silence. As they entered
-the first room of the house, a heavy, pungent perfume greeted their
-nostrils. Dick, leading the way, made a few cautious steps, and then
-fell back with a cry of horror. The furniture of the place was scattered
-in all directions, and there was blood everywhere.
-
-“Maria-Teresa!” The Marquis and Dick, both calling out at the same time,
-were as suddenly silent again. Both seemed to have heard a faint voice
-answering them.
-
-“It’s up there!” shouted the young man, dashing toward a staircase
-leading to the first floor. All could now distinctly hear a low,
-prolonged moan. Dick, slipping on the stairs in his hurry, rose again
-with a white face. His hands were red with blood!
-
-
-
-
-III
-
-The first two rooms were empty, but bore unmistakable signs of a
-desperate flight and struggle. Then a landing, a door and a dark
-cupboard, from which a loud cry for help now resounded throughout the
-deserted hacienda. Dick, signing to the Marquis to turn the light into
-the corner, bent down, and dragged a body from the cupboard. It was
-Libertad!
-
-Covered with knife-wounds, the negro boy was on the point of’ death,
-struggling for air. They took him into the next room, and threw open the
-windows, while Dick questioned him brutally. “Where is your mistress?”
- A feeble hand pointed toward the sierra, and Dick stood away from the
-dying man. That was all he wanted to know. The Red Ponchos were already
-on the road to the mountains with his fiancée.
-
-He dashed down into the road to find Uncle Francis with little
-Christobal. The boy, climbing into the motor had discovered his sister’s
-cloak there, and was crying over it. He threw himself into Dick’s arms,
-but was roughly pushed aside while the young engineer raged impotently.
-
-What could he do? Anything for a horse, a mule, something to carry on
-the pursuit! The irony of it! That motor there, which had served for the
-crime, was useless now on the narrow rocky mountain pathway which they
-must follow.
-
-Then little Christobal, listening with wide-open eyes, started. He had
-heard a noise at the far end of the court. Could there be horses in
-that deserted bodega. It sounded just like hoofs stamping on a plank
-flooring. Then the child heard a faint neigh.
-
-Dick had vanished, and Christobal, running toward the farm buildings,
-slipped through a half-open door. Yes, there was something there...
-llamas... three llamas,.. but thin, miserable creatures, worn out by the
-heavy loads of years, and incapable of carrying even a child. But llamas
-do not neigh. The boy slipped round the corner of the building, and
-stopped short in the shadow. Sitting motionless a few yards away was a
-horseman, watching the house. At his stirrup, attentively immobile as
-the horseman, was a llama--one of those light, fine-limbed, long-necked
-beasts which carry a man’s belongings and follow him like a dog.
-
-As Christobal caught sight of them, the horse shied. The rider reined it
-in, and swore, but his oath was cut short by a shot. A shadow had risen
-in the night, only a few feet away, and had fired; the rider rolled from
-his saddle, while the shadow, seizing the horse’s bridle, swung itself
-into his place. Little Christobal ran toward it.
-
-“Tell your father I’ve bagged one of them,” shouted Dick, turning his
-mount and riding for the sierra.
-
-The child, without answering, ran after the llama, which in its turn was
-following the horse. His little fingers caught in its wool, he checked
-it with the words one uses to llamas, scrambled up and dashed after
-Dick. Uncle Francis, on the roadway, was passed by two black streaks,
-and left alone there, speechless.
-
-Meanwhile, in the room on the first floor, Libertad was making his
-confession. Natavitad had realized, and had made the Marquis realize, the
-great value to them which this might have. Nor, to tell the truth, did
-he forget the value of the Marquis as a witness to this confession,
-which he regarded in the light of a valuable piece of fresh evidence
-in his case against the Indians generally. For this twofold reason,
-Natividad was merciless, and forced the negro to speak till his last
-breath.
-
-This confession, made in gasps and groans, built up by question and
-answer, and cut short by death, showed clearly that the abduction had
-been long planned, and that the daughter of the Marquis de la Torre had
-been chosen as the victim of the Interaymi at least two months before
-the festival. That was as clear as the wonderful tropical night without.
-
-Two months before, Libertad had first been sounded, and he had not long
-resisted the temptation of the money offered him. All he was asked to
-do was to drive the motor to a certain spot on a certain day, without
-looking to see what was happening behind him. For this, he was to
-receive two hundred silver soles, of which fifty were paid to him in
-advance.
-
-“And who did you make the bargain with?” demanded Natividad.
-
-“With a clerk from the Franco-Belgian bank who sometimes came to see the
-señorita. His name was Oviedo.”
-
-Don Christobal started. Oviedo Huayna Runtu, the intruder of the
-Cajamarca trip! If he had planned to kidnap Maria-Teresa at Callao,
-that voyage must have been particularly disagreeable to him. That would
-explain his close watch over them, and perhaps also the hint to the
-police at Cajamarca, which resulted in their hasty return to Lima.
-
-“When did you first know the date chosen?” questioned Natividad, holding
-up the negro, who was choking.
-
-“This morning. Oviedo came to see me. He told me that a man would say to
-me, ‘Dios anki tiourata’ [‘good-day,’ in Aimara), and that I was to obey
-that man. I was to take the wheel, not turn my head, and drive where I
-was told to go.”
-
-Libertad’s story, told in jerky sentences, showed that he did not really
-know until the evening what had been plotted. Though he did not move
-or look, the sound of the struggle at the open window told him what was
-happening. It was then too late to draw back, and, when the order came,
-he drove the car to the calle San Lorenzo, where they stopped for a
-minute before a low door. Huascar came out, exchanged a few words with
-the occupants of the machine, and ordered him to take the Chorillos
-road, and not to stop until he had reached Ondegarda’s hacienda. There
-was not a sound behind him throughout the journey.
-
-At the hacienda, when his passengers got out, he had instinctively
-glanced sideways, and had seen the señorita, unconscious, being lifted
-out by three dwarfs with horribly-shaped heads. They took her into the
-casa, while he, more dead than alive, waited where he was, anxious only
-to be paid and to get away.
-
-Then they were overtaken by a troop of mounted Indians, all wearing
-red ponchos, and led by Oviedo. Huascar was also with them, and ordered
-Libertad to come into the house. To his surprise, he found there half a
-dozen women, veiled in black, and guarding the door to another room.
-
-“The mammaconas,” gasped Natividad. “We can have no doubts now....
-Speak, Libertad.... Speak, and God may forgive you.”
-
-“Yes, the mammaconas,” said the negro lad, feverishly.... “But I did not
-know.... God will forgive me.... The señorita, too, will forgive me....
-You must save her.... She was so good to me.... And I betrayed her...
-betrayed her for two hundred silver soles.... They did not know I
-understood Aimara... they said that Atahualpa would have a beautiful
-bride.... And they fell on their faces before her when she passed.”
-
-“You saw her, then?” demanded the Marquis, bending low over the
-prostrate figure at his feet to catch the faint words.
-
-“Yes, I saw her.... She was so good.... And I sold her for two hundred
-silver soles.”
-
-“Tell us how it happened,” interrupted Natividad. “Was she no longer
-unconscious?”
-
-“She came out of the room, held up by women in black veils... the three
-dwarfs were dancing around her.... She seemed to be in a dream... they
-have terrible poisons and perfumes.... My sweet señorita... wrapped in
-a gold veil... her face was hidden... only her eyes, staring sightlessly
-before her.... The mammaconas were all round her... and the dwarfs were
-dancing. I saw it all, because they had left me alone, and I looked
-out of the window... they put her on a mule... in front of one of the
-mammaconas... and the others followed.... Yes, señor, it is true...
-all these stories you hear in the ranchos.... Quite true... the dwarfs
-followed, señor.... Oviedo was there... they had prepared everything
-in this hacienda.... I believe they murdered the owner and all his
-people....
-
-“Yes, I saw it all.... I did not care then that I had not been paid....
-I watched.... And the Red Ponchos carried off my mistress... they are
-taking her to the Temple of the Sun.... It is the Interaymi.... But you
-will find them first... You must.... And God will forgive me.”
-
-Libertad closed his eyes and fell back, but seemed to recover his forces
-with the last flicker of life, and opened them again.
-
-“What happened to you?” asked Natividad. “Was it in trying to save your
-mistress?...”
-
-Libertad smiled bitterly, and tried to cross himself, but his arm fell
-nerveless by his side.
-
-“Huascar,” he said. “He came into the room, and when I asked him to pay
-me, pointed to the two hundred silver soles... they were on the table
-there.... Not one over.... It was not much for betraying my mistress....
-I did not know that was what they wanted.... When I told him so, he
-asked me what I would have done if I had known.... I answered I would
-have asked double the amount....”
-
-“What then?”
-
-“Then he drew a knife and came at me.... I ran, but he followed.... He
-stabbed me once, and I escaped, but he followed.... I ran upstairs....
-He stabbed me again and again.... When I fell, he thought I was dead...
-and I am... I am... dying... oh!... Have mercy!”
-
-Libertad’s last moment had come. The Marquis and Natividad, bending
-over him, were startled by the shot outside, and rushed downstairs. They
-found Uncle Francis by the motor, staring down the road. When they
-asked him where Dick and little Christobal were, he gazed back as if not
-understanding, and vaguely answered that he was looking for them.
-
-Don Christobal and Natividad, turning to look in the direction the old
-scientist was staring, suddenly saw two shadows dash across a moonlit
-stretch of road and vanish in the darkness of a ravine leading into the
-mountains, and spanned above by the railway bridge. Dick on his horse,
-little Christobal on his llama, did not even check for an instant at
-their hail.
-
-Hardly had the hoof-beats died out in the depths of the ravine than the
-sound of galloping horses came from the right, on the Chorillos road. A
-moment later, a knot of riders appeared.
-
-
-
-
-IV
-
-Horses!” exclaimed Natividad. “Then we have them. They are probably
-making for the Cuzco, or some place round Titicaca, But they are bound
-to pass through Veintemilla’s lines, and we shall catch them at Canete
-or Pisco.”
-
-As Natividad had surmised, the riders were cavalrymen sent out from
-Chorillos at his order. They ran toward them, Uncle Francis questioning
-the Marquis, who did not answer. Indeed, Don Christobal, doubly anxious
-now that his son had left his side, could not contain himself. Hardly
-had the troopers dismounted than he swung himself into the nearest
-saddle, and rode off after Dick.
-
-“Sheer madness,” growled Natividad. “If they ever overhaul the Indians,
-they are lost.”
-
-“What are we going to do now?” demanded Uncle Francis. Maria-Teresa’s
-fate moved him deeply, particularly from a literary point of view, but
-under the circumstances he asked no better than to keep a little in the
-background.
-
-“We can only follow at a distance,” replied Natividad.
-
-“Excellent... excellent... find out where they are making for, and all
-that sort of thing.”
-
-“There are still laws, a police force and troops in Peru, señor. We are
-not afraid of the Indians.”
-
-With which he turned to the four soldiers who had joined them, and who
-represented what remained of the military force of the costa. Uncle
-Francis, already delighted with Natividad’s plan of following at a
-distance, approved of it even more warmly when he found that this little
-escort was to accompany them.
-
-Three policemen mounted on mules, coming from the direction of Callao,
-now appeared on the road. Natividad at once requisitioned the mules for
-his expedition. Before starting, however, he went back into the casa to
-write a hurried letter to President Veintemilla, explaining what had
-happened. He did so with a certain malice, remembering that ten years
-ago this same president had been Chief of Police, and had threatened to
-suspend him for his “mad reports.”
-
-One of the policemen, entrusted with the letter, started back toward
-Callao at once. The two others were ordered to take charge at the
-hacienda and begin a preliminary enquiry. Then Natividad and Uncle
-Francis mounted two of the commandeered mules, the third being taken by
-the soldier whose horse had been carried off by Don Christobal. When the
-soldiers saw that they were heading for the sierra instead of Chorillos,
-there was a grumble, but Natividad silenced them. “Forward,” he ordered,
-and they, in their turn, entered the ravine.
-
-“We can, at all events, travel as fast as the mammaconas,” said the
-Chief of Police to Uncle Francis.
-
-“The mammaconas? Were they here then?” The scientist, intensely
-interested, urged his mount alongside Natividad’s.
-
-“Yes señor... the mammaconas... and three head priests of the temple...
-only they may touch the Virgin of the Sun.... señor, for the past
-fifteen years I have known all this, but they called me a lunatic. Why
-should we suppose that the Indians have changed? Do they not eat, drink,
-and get married just as they did five centuries ago? If their outward
-customs have not changed, why should their secret rites have done so?
-Why, señor, why?... But nobody will believe me. It all began when I was
-a young man. I had to investigate a mysterious crime, the only possible
-explanation for which was a religious one. You must not forget that you
-are dealing with Incas to this day.... And I got my knuckles rapped....
-Five years later, when the Orellana girl disappeared, they treated me in
-the same way. So I let them give what explanation they liked, and worked
-on my own. I speak Quichua like a native now, señor. I also learned
-Aimara, which is their sacred language in the Cuzco and round
-Titicaca.... That’s where they are making for now; some hidden temple,
-where their priests have been working since the days of the conquest.”
-
-Uncle Francis looked at his companion suspiciously. Were they all
-engaged in a huge practical joke at his expense? This Chief of Police
-was singularly calm under the circumstances; off-handed, almost gay.
-
-“We are sure to catch them, are we not?”
-
-“Of a surety, señor. Dios mio, be content! We will catch them.... How
-can they possibly escape? We are on their heels; if they stick to the
-mountains, they run into our troops; if they go down into the costa,
-every corregidor (mayor) is at my orders.”
-
-There was a moment’s silence, and he went on:--
-
-“Will you not put on that cloak at your saddle-bow, señor? The nights
-are chilly, and we are nearing the cordilleras.... The only road, you
-see. They must have passed here. At dawn, we shall be able to see their
-trail distinctly.... If only those crazy people who dashed on ahead
-do not make fools of themselves.... A plucky youngster, little
-Christobal.... We shall soon overhaul them.... One does not climb these
-mountains as a bull jumps over the barrier at the ring....”
-
-Natividad’s garrulous flow of words was interrupted by a chuckle from
-Uncle Francis. Not a little astonished, he asked him what he meant,
-but Mr. Montgomery contented himself with replying:--“I understand, I
-understand.” Natividad, who did not understand, eyed him doubtfully.
-
-Just before day-break they reached the first masses of the true Andes.
-Their mounts did not appear over-tired, and after a two-hours’ halt at a
-wayside guebrada, where beasts and men obtained food, they continued
-the journey. Over them towered the giant mountain chain, blazing in the
-molten light of dawn.
-
-The half-breeds at the guebrada could not, or would not, give them any
-information as to those they followed. That the Indian cavalcade had not
-stopped there, however, was certain, or larder and loft would have been
-empty. Natividad, convinced he would get nothing else out of the men,
-forced them, in the name of “the supreme government,” to exchange two
-strong mules for two of the horses.
-
-Shortly after they had started again, they came on unmistakable traces
-of a strong party of horse. Thistles, and the great yellow flower of the
-amancaes, trampled flat, showed where hoofs had passed.
-
-“We are close on them now, señor,” said Natividad.
-
-Uncle Francis, coughing knowingly, assented in such a detached manner
-that Natividad began to have serious doubts as to the mental welfare
-of that illustrious scientist.
-
-Before long, though, he was worrying a great deal more about something
-else. So far, there had not been a sign anywhere of the Indians’ first
-pursuers. Uncle Francis, on the other hand, was thoroughly happy, and
-seemed to be enjoying the scenery.
-
-As they climbed steadily upwards, the road was becoming more and more
-dangerous, twisting and turning round the mountain-side. Peaks, sky, and
-precipices; in the blue of the distance, a few mountain goats, all four
-feet joined together, balancing on some rocky point.
-
-The cold was now intense, and the soldiers grumbled openly. When
-Natividad reminded them that they were serving “the supreme government,”
- they let it be inferred that they did not give a tinker’s damn for the
-supremo gobesnie, but nevertheless followed.
-
-“Are you sure of those men of yours?” asked Uncle Francis.
-
-“As sure as of myself,” replied Natividad, determined to be optimistic.
-
-“What are they? Indians?”
-
-“Quichuas, of course.... Where else would we get soldiers?”
-
-“They do not seem to me to be enthusiastic militarists.”
-
-“A grave error, señor. They are delighted to be soldiers. What else
-could they be?”
-
-“They are volunteers, then?” questioned the scientist. And to
-Natividad’s stupefaction, he produced his note-book.
-
-“No, not volunteers, illustrious señor.... We send troops into the
-Indian villages, and arrest every able-bodied man who has not bolted.
-Then we enroll them as volunteers.”
-
-“Charming! And you are not afraid that they may turn on you when you
-have armed them?”
-
-“Not in the least. After the first few days they decide they are so
-much better off under the colors that they would not go back to their
-families for anything.... You should see them join in the recruiting
-afterwards!... They make very good soldiers.... These men are
-only annoyed at being taken into the mountains; they would die for
-Veintemilla.”
-
-“So much the better,” concluded Uncle Francis philosophically. And
-he added, to Natividad’s growing amazement:--“But why insist on their
-coming with us? We can find those other Indians just as well without
-their aid.”
-
-Natividad jumped. What kind of a man was this? Then his attention was
-suddenly drawn to the road again.
-
-“There, over there! They camped there.”
-
-At this point, the mountain path widened to a kind of little plateau, on
-which were unmistakable traces of a recently-pitched camp. The ashes of
-the fire had not yet been swept away by the wind, and remains of food
-littered one corner. Natividad, convinced that he had found the first
-resting-place of the escort of the Virgin of the Sun, urged on his
-party.
-
-“It is strange,” he said, “that we should have seen nothing yet of the
-Marquis, little Christobal, or your nephew.”
-
-“Why worry? We’ll find them all, sooner or later.”
-
-“What?”
-
-“Sooner or later--some day.... Hello, what’s the matter? This beast of
-mine won’t move. Gee up.”
-
-Calm and collected, quite different from the frightened Mr. Montgomery
-of the flight from Cajamarca, he urged on his mount, but the mule
-refused to answer to his heel. Then Natividad, pressing forward to see
-what was the matter, saw the body of a llama stretched across the narrow
-path. Dismounting, he lifted its head, examined the nostrils, and then
-pushed the body over the edge of the ravine.
-
-“Little Christobal’s llama,” he pronounced. “The animal has been ridden
-to death.... Poor child! I wonder where he is.”
-
-Uncle Francis, busy with his note-book, refused to get excited.
-
-“With my nephew, probably. Even if Dick had left him behind, his father
-must have come upon him.”
-
-“That is possible, of course,” said Natividad, doubtfully.
-
-“Is this llama-riding common over here?” questioned the scientist,
-intent on acquiring knowledge.
-
-“No. Children sometimes amuse themselves with it if the llama is willing.
-Rich people give them to their sons occasionally. Christobal probably
-had his.”
-
-“I would never have believed a llama capable of going so far, and so
-fast.”
-
-“No pack-llama could. But that was a good one, trained to carry light
-weights and travel fast. Probably used to being ridden by children....
-I wonder where they found it... Your nephew’s horse, too... in the
-hacienda stables, I suppose.... A tragedy might have been avoided had
-they not.”
-
-The little party had ridden on, and now, taking a sharp corner, came
-suddenly upon Dick and the Marquis, the former on foot, and the latter
-mounted. Little Christobal was not there.
-
-
-
-
-V
-
-Dick was pale, but the Marquis was livid. So they appeared to
-Natividad; as to Uncle Francis, he had not his glasses on, and noticed
-nothing disquieting in their appearance.
-
-“Those scoundrels have both my children now,” groaned Don Christobal in
-answer to Natividad’s eager questions, and told what had happened.
-
-Badly mounted for mountain roads, the Marquis had found great difficulty
-in following. Several times he had been on the point of abandoning his
-horse, but, thinking it might be valuable later on, had kept to it. Once
-or twice he had been obliged to dismount and drag the unwilling beast
-behind him. At dawn, he reached the Indians’ camp, which he searched in
-vain for some personal sign of his daughter. She was evidently too well
-guarded. Finally he found the llama’s body, but being convinced that
-Dick was with little Christobal, had not worried overmuch. Then, a
-little further on, he found Dick, but alone.
-
-Dick, powerless to interfere, had seen little Christobal carried off
-by the same Indians who already held Maria-Teresa. When they started on
-their wild ride, and as soon as the road became steeper, the llama had
-rapidly outpaced Dick’s horse. Little Christobal, riding it hard, would
-not stop, and soon vanished ahead. Two hours later, Dick had lost his
-horse in a ravine, throwing himself from the saddle only just in time,
-and narrowly saving his own life by clinging to a projecting rock. He
-continued his pursuit on foot, and finally came in sight of the boy,
-just as the llama, exhausted, burst a blood-vessel and fell. He had
-called to little Christobal, but the boy, unheeding, had run on, crying,
-“Maria-Teresa! Maria-Teresa!”
-
-They were right on the Indians then, and Dick could see them far above
-him on the zig-zagging mountain-path. They had checked their horses,
-waiting for the boy to catch up to them. Then one of the Red Ponchos
-bent down, lifted him up to his saddle-bow, and hurried on with his new
-captive. Dick was too far away to open fire, and the Indians had at once
-spurred on, soon leaving him far behind. The Marquis had come up a short
-time after.
-
-“You must not despair, Don Christobal,” urged Natividad. “Your news is
-not all bad. They are only just ahead, and cannot escape us. They must
-pass through Huancavelica, and there we have troops to help us.”
-
-Natividad ordered one of the soldiers to dismount and give his mule to
-Dick. The man was indignant, and continued protesting in a weird jargon
-as he trotted afoot behind the cavalcade. In this manner they reached a
-point where the road forked, one branch going on up into the hills,
-the other stretching down toward the coast. They had all turned up the
-former when the dismounted soldier turned--he would go no further, but
-would descend to the coast; and once there he would report to the powers
-the manner in which he had been treated by a mere civilian. Natividad
-wished him an ironical good-by, and he started, but only to reappear a
-moment later, waving a soft felt hat in his hand.
-
-“That belongs to Christobal!” exclaimed the Marquis.
-
-They turned their mounts, grateful for the chance-found sign which had
-saved them from a grievous mistake. Natividad alone hesitated, wondering
-whether this was not an Indian ruse. They advanced slowly therefore,
-until the mud and sand on the banks of a torrent just below showed
-beyond doubt that a large number of mounted men had passed that way
-and restored Natividad’s serene belief in the ultimate success of their
-search.
-
-“So they’re doubling back to the costa. They must have been warned
-that the passes were guarded... all they have gained by the detour is
-avoiding Chorillos.... Perhaps they are making for Canete.... Well, they
-must stop somewhere, and then we have them!”
-
-After an hour’s rest, they hurried on again at top speed, one of the
-soldiers giving his dismounted comrade a lift behind.
-
-“Did you, then, ever think that we might not catch them?” asked Uncle
-Francis of Natividad, with an enigmatical smile.
-
-“Why not, señor?... Between you and me, it is about time we did catch
-them.... I for one shall not feel happy if señorita de la Torre and the
-boy are still in their hands on the last day of the Interaymi.”
-
-“Do you mean that the boy is in danger?”
-
-“Speak lower, señor, speak lower.... Nothing is too young, too beautiful
-or too innocent for the Sun. Do you understand?”
-
-“More or less. More or less.”
-
-“You people do not know what horrors they are capable of.... They still
-have their priests.... You might blink at facts if it were only the
-ordinary Red Ponchos, but there are also those three monsters.... You
-always find them together in the old burial-grounds.... When one dies,
-the other two are put to death.... Or when a king died, they sacrificed
-themselves on his tomb.... They still exist, those monsters, those
-high-priests of the sacred slaughters.... They exist, señor.”
-
-“Do they?”
-
-“You, señor, are a savant, and know about the Temple of Death. But do
-you know how many dead were found buried with the mummy of Huayna Capac?
-Four thousand, señor! Four thousand human lives sacrificed to honor the
-dead--some by suicide, others strangled, knifed or suffocated.... And
-the House of the Serpent.... But I prefer not to tell you what happened
-there.”
-
-“Tell me some other day.... You make an admirable guide. When we return,
-I will tell the supremo gobierno how grateful I am to them for having
-made the most erudite of police officers my cicerone.”
-
-“I beg your pardon, señor?”
-
-Natividad, completely taken aback, could only stare at his interlocutor.
-
-“Nothing, nothing! I am only joking!” Scandalized at such levity,
-Natividad turned away with an indignant snort, while Uncle Francis
-chuckled. That worthy gentleman had now quite made up his mind that
-there was a plot afoot against him, and sternly refused to be “taken
-in.” The joke was rather tiring physically, but he would not cry for
-mercy. As to all these hair-raising stories, he would take them for what
-they were worth. Let them play their pranks till they tired of them.
-
-The more he thought of it, the more he became convinced of the truth of
-his deductions. His antiquarian’s eye rested lovingly on the traces of
-that long-dead Inca civilization which they met. Here, aqueducts that
-would have made the Romans wonder; there, remains of the great road
-which ran from end to end of South America. They were all dead, those
-Incas. Yet these people wished to make him believe that those vanished
-warriors and priests had carried off a boy and girl of to-day to offer
-them as a sacrifice to equally-forgotten gods!
-
-They had now left the arid ranges and dusty wind behind them, and
-reached a little village nestling in green fields at the foot of the
-mountain. A babbling stream, tumbling down from the Cordilleras, had
-transformed this corner into an oasis of verdure, in which Uncle Francis
-would willingly have passed a few hours. But now that they were in
-flat country again, Dick, the Marquis and Natividad increased the pace
-feverishly. Uncle Francis, still determined not to show that he had
-fathomed their plot, was careful not to protest.
-
-Once or twice, they stopped to ask questions, but it was difficult to
-obtain information. Hamlets were rare, and the Interaymi festivals
-had drawn away nearly the whole population. The few Indians they met
-received their questions with evident suspicion, and even hostility. Nor
-would money loosen their tongues.
-
-Fortunately, there were half-breeds more ready to talk, and they learned
-that Huascar and his companions were riding hard. Nobody had seen Red
-Ponchos; presumably the priests had concealed the ceremonial raiment
-imposed by their ritual for the reception of the Bride of the Sun. They
-were traveling so fast that nobody had had time to notice whether they
-had a captive boy or young woman with them. At the questions on this
-score all their informants began to grow uneasy, and turned away with
-evasive sentences.
-
-Huascar and his men had about two hours’ start, but it soon became
-evident that they were gaining ground steadily. Natividad could not
-fathom the meaning of the Indians sudden turn toward the sea, this
-riding into a town where, normally, everything must be against them if
-the alarm was given.
-
-They reached Canete at nightfall, Dick still leading. There was a
-big fête on, with torchlight processions and the deafening noise of
-fireworks set off by delirious roisterers. Half the native population
-was under the influence of drink, and Natividad, trained to understand
-the populace, at once saw that the town was in a state of dangerous
-effervescence.
-
-Of all the towns in Peru, Canete is perhaps the one which shows most
-markedly that strange admixture of the new and old. Factory chimneys
-tower to the sky side by side with Inca aqueducts which to this day
-bring the water of the Rio Canete to the surrounding plantations.
-Just above the town are still the remains of the huge native fortress
-demolished some two hundred years ago by the then viceroy of Mañdelova
-when he needed materials for the defenses of Callao.
-
-Natividad’s first visit was to the corregidor, who told him that the
-town was celebrating Garcia’s victories. It was now certain that the
-rebels had captured Cuzco, and routed the Federal forces. Natividad then
-told him of the plight of the Marquis de la Torre’s children. The Mayor
-was skeptical, and showed it. Indians committing such a crime, he said,
-would never have dared pass through a town.
-
-“They could not stop in the Sierra,” said Natividad, “and had to make
-for somewhere. Perhaps they intend taking boat, and reaching Arequipa
-by sea. They could get up into the Cuzco that way.”
-
-“That is more than possible,” replied the corregidor, anxious to rid
-himself of the troublesome visitor. “A troop of strange Indians has, in
-fact, passed through the town. They bought provisions, and then hurried
-on to Pisco. They might have a boat ready there.... Personally, I can do
-nothing for you. I haven’t a single soldier or policeman to dispose of.
-They have all gone to fight Garcia.”
-
-At this moment, an extraordinary procession passed under the
-corregidor’s windows. A dancing, singing procession, at the head of
-which Natividad recognized his four troopers. He opened the window and
-shouted menaces, but they passed unheeding.
-
-In a sad mood Natividad rejoined his companions. Without any
-explanation, he told them they must follow to Pisco, and they started
-again. Natividad, in a brown study meanwhile, would answer no questions.
-
-Don Christobal, hearing that the Indians were making for Pisco, grew
-hopeful. He was known in the town, having a branch business there,
-with big guano dépôts, stores in the harbor, and a considerable coolie
-station on the Chincha Islands, which are just off the town. There he
-could speak with authority, and make the corregidor listen.
-
-They reached Pisco dog-tired, on mounts that could hardly stand. Uncle
-Francis alone displayed a calm and unconcern which would have convinced
-the others he was mad, had they had time to notice him. The news of
-Garcia’s victory had just reached Pisco, and the mob was even more
-delirious than that of Canete.
-
-The Marquis, taking the leadership, led the way to his dépôt and stores,
-only to find them completely deserted. There was not a single employee
-there to answer his questions.
-
-“To the corregidor’s, then,” he ordered.
-
-The four travelers had entered the main and only street of the town, and
-were riding toward the sandy central square when a thundering _feu de
-joie_ made them pull up. The Indians were burning the sacred maize-leaf
-in honor of Garcia, to the grave danger of the little blue-and-white
-houses around. The inhabitants of these, well-to-do half-breeds, had
-locked themselves in, or taken to flight.
-
-The madness of alcohol and the madness of fire crackers had taken firm
-hold of all that was visible of the population. The mob had pillaged a
-pisco distillery, and was enjoying itself thoroughly with that virulent
-spirit, which is made from a kind of Malaga grape, and takes its name
-from the town.
-
-Natividad, casting round for a guide, found a half-breed sadly huddled
-under a doorway. He doubtless was one of those who had something to lose
-by the rioting; a house to be burned, or a cellar to be plundered.
-
-“Follow me,” he said, when asked where the corregidor could be found.
-
-He led them along a plank pavement which was just beginning to burn,
-until they reached the corner of the arena, opposite the church. Four
-skinny palms adorned the center of the square, and at the foot of one of
-these a mob was dancing round a fire. Above, something was hanging from
-a branch. The half-breed pointed to that thing.
-
-“There is the corregidor,” he said.
-
-Natividad, Dick and the Marquis stopped short, mute with horror. The
-half-breed whispered a few rapid words to Natividad, who turned to run.
-
-“Come on! Come on!” he almost screamed.
-
-“Why this hurry?” demanded Uncle Francis, phlegmatically.
-
-“Why? Why?... Because they are going to eat him!”
-
-“Not really?” drawled the scientist with mediocre interest. “Right
-away?”
-
-But Natividad did not notice his tone. He was really running away, for
-he had not forgotten a scene in Lima, when the Guttierg brothers were
-torn from the presidency they had usurped by the same mob which had
-placed them there. Massacred, then hanged over the cathedral gates, they
-were finally roasted and devoured by the populace.
-
-So fast did Natividad flee, that Dick and the Marquis could hardly
-keep up with him. Uncle Francis, bringing up the rear, was muttering to
-himself:
-
-“Damn nonsense, sir, damn nonsense. They’re not going to frighten me.”
-
-
-
-
-BOOK IV--THE DICTATOR
-
-
-
-
-I
-
-Arequipa was _en fête_; the entire population of the city and its
-campina (suburbs) was packed in the main square and the adjacent streets
-to witness the triumphal return of the victor of the Cuzco--brave
-General Garcia, who had already been christened “the good Dictator,” and
-who had promised his partizans that within a fortnight he would sweep
-out of the country President Veintemilla, the two Chambers, and the
-whole parliamentary system which, he declared, had ruined Peru.
-
-This was language the Arequipinos loved and understood. Politics had
-always flourished in that part of the country, and all revolutions began
-there. And the turbulent inhabitants of Arequipa felt that it was a
-terribly long time since they had had a “savior” to cheer.
-
-Now they had one; a particularly picturesque one, who was to appear on
-horseback. So they had all donned their Sunday clothes, and the women
-had flowers in their hair and more flowers in their arms to scatter
-before the hero.
-
-The Indian population, having sold its hens and vegetables in the
-market-place, joined the throng.
-
-The square, for the occasion, seemed to have straightened out its
-tumble-down arcades, badly shaken by the last earthquake. The illusion
-was aided by brilliant-hued carpets, flags, banners and festoons which
-blazed in all directions and gave new life to the dilapidated walls.
-The cracked old towers of the church, the carved wooden balconies,
-flower-adorned galleries, and decorated windows were black with people.
-Above the city rose the Misti, one of the world’s highest volcanoes,
-wearing a fresh cap, glistening with the snows of the night.
-
-Bells chimed and cannons roared out. Then came silence, broken again by
-the sound of bugles and the roar of a thousand voices. The procession of
-the troops had begun. Contrary to European custom, it commenced with all
-the impedimenta of the camp. It was like a rout:--Indians leading mules
-loaded down with baggage, provisions, and kitchen utensils; then a
-regiment of women bent under the weight of knapsacks, babies, and sacks
-of food.
-
-The crowd cheered everything wildly, from the llamas loaded with
-captured Federal arms to the women, the rabonas, as they are called out
-there. These rabonas are a precious institution from the point of view
-of the Peruvian soldier; each man has his own, and she carries his
-baggage, buys all his food, and prepares his meals.
-
-Then came the troops, Garcia, leading. Mounted on a splendid horse,
-wearing a brilliant uniform, he appeared like a star of the first
-magnitude in the constellation of his staff. A tall man, he showed head
-and shoulders above the generals and colonels prancing around him. His
-tri-color plumes waved splendidly in the wind, and the deafening rant
-of bugles accompanied him. Handsome, radiant, happy was he, nonchalantly
-curling his black mustache and smiling on all with brilliant white
-teeth.
-
-Garcia smiled to the ladies as he passed under their balconies, and the
-ladies, showering down rose-leaves over horse and rider, called him by
-his Christian name, Pedro. In this triumphal fashion, he slowly rode
-round the square twice, and then came to a halt in the middle of it,
-between two guns, his staff behind him and, before him, two Indians
-bearing a standard, a quaint patch-work quilt of a flag, which was the
-token of submission of all the tribes to the new government. These men
-wore hats covered with variegated plumes, and had over their shoulders
-surplice-like tunics.
-
-Five hundred infantrymen and two hundred horse had formed round the
-square. Young girls, clad in floating tunics and wearing Garcia’s
-colors, advanced toward the general, their hands heavy with floral
-crowns. One of them made a little speech, while Garcia continued curling
-his mustache and showing his teeth. The speech over, he gallantly bent
-down and took all the crowns, passing them over his arm. Then he lifted
-a hand to command silence.
-
-“Long live Liberty!” he shouted. A hurricane of cheers arose. Again he
-lifted up the crown-charged arm, and again there was silence.
-
-He told them the program of the new Government meant “Liberty for
-all, except for evil-doers! With such a program, is there any need for
-parliaments?”
-
-“No! No! No!” roared the crowd deliriously. “Long live Garcia! Death
-to, Veintemilla! Muera! Muera! Muera el larron de salitre! (Death to
-the saltpetre thief! ),” for Veintemilla was popularly supposed to have
-largely profited by some recent concessions.
-
-Garcia was an orator, and, wishing to show it once again, told in a
-few words the history of the campaign that had ended in the rout of the
-“saltpetre thieves” on the Cuzco plains. To be seen and heard by all, he
-stood erect in his stirrups.
-
-Then an incredible thing happened. The powers above actually dared spoil
-this splendid _fête_--it began to rain! There was a general rush for
-shelter in the crowd. Even the infantrymen lining the square broke
-their ranks, while the cavalrymen dismounted, took off their saddles and
-loaded them on their heads in guise of umbrellas. As to those soldierly
-ladies, the rabonas, they calmly threw their bell-shaped petticoats over
-their heads.
-
-Garcia alone did not move. Furious at this spoiling of his triumph, he
-threatened his officers with immediate death if they dared leave his
-side. He did not even fall back into his saddle, but stood erect there,
-his crown-charged arm menacing the heavens.
-
-Then the Chief of Staff approached the Dictator, saluted thrice, and
-said:
-
-“Excellency, it is not the fault of the sky. The sky would not have
-dared! The roar of your guns compelled the clouds, Excellency.”
-
-“You are right,” replied Garcia. “And since the guns did the harm, let
-them repair it.”
-
-With which, a battery was rolled out into the square, and opened fire on
-the clouds. They thundered on until the short tropical storm had passed.
-Then Garcia, triumphant, shouted: “I have had the last word with the
-heavens!” The review was over.
-
-
-
-
-II
-
-Watching the proceedings from a window at the “Jockey Club Hotel” were
-the Marquis de la Torre and Natividad, both wild with impatience, for
-their only hope now lay in Garcia.
-
-At Pisco, they had ended by discovering that the Bride of the Sun’s
-escort had embarked in the very steam-tug used to tow the Marquis’ own
-barges from the Chincha Islands to Callao. This once again proved that
-the scheme had been well thought out and prepared long in advance, the
-Indians about Maria-Teresa being in the plot.
-
-Securing a boat in their turn, the pursuers followed to Mollendo. There
-they took the train, and reached Arequipa only a few hours after the
-Red Ponchos--Uncle Francis still supernaturally calm, and Natividad
-beginning to despair of everything.
-
-Chance favored them when they landed in this city of mad people, who
-would not even trouble to answer questions. Dick recognized Huascar
-strolling through the streets, and tracked him to the house where
-Maria-Teresa and her brother were kept prisoners. This was a low adobe
-building on the edge of the suburbs, and quite close to the Rio de
-Chili. It was openly guarded by a dozen armed Indians in red ponchos.
-Dick and the Marquis soon found, however, that they could not even get
-as near as that line of guards. Fifty yards away from the house, Civil
-Guards stopped them, and ordered them back. Garcia’s own troops were
-guarding the Virgin of the Sun!
-
-“Of course, Garcia cannot know,” said the Marquis. “I know him, and
-though he has faults, he is not a savage. He once wanted to marry
-Maria-Teresa. Let us go and find him.”
-
-But Dick refused to lose sight of the adobe house. Had they listened to
-him, they would have forced their way to it at once. It was only after
-long arguing that Natividad convinced him such a step would be absurd.
-Lives are cheap during revolutions, and two or three corpses more or
-less in the Rio de Chili would not make it overflow its banks. Nor
-would they contribute greatly to the freeing of Maria-Teresa and little
-Christobal.
-
-He promised to be reasonable, but would not go with them when they
-returned to the inn for a meal; instead, he took up his post in a boat
-on the river, and thence watched his fiancée’s prison and the armed men
-walking up and down before.
-
-The Marquis and Natividad therefore, witnessed Garcia’s triumph alone.
-Uncle Francis had been lost, or rather, had been left alone in the
-middle of the street, staring up at the Misti. He was now doubtless in
-the crowd somewhere, taking notes.
-
-Garcia in all his glory was a sight which did not please the Marquis.
-
-“I never thought he was that kind of man,” he commented, “though I
-always suspected he had negro blood in his veins.”
-
-“Drunk with success,” replied Natividad drily.
-
-After the review, they followed the Dictator and his staff only to find
-their way barred by troops at the road leading down to the headquarters.
-Here the Marquis ordered the men out of the way with such insolence, and
-spoke with such assurance of “his friend Garcia,” that he was allowed to
-pass, Natividad clinging to his sleeve.
-
-The subaltern in command at the guard-room took the Marquis’ card, and a
-moment later they were ushered upstairs. There were soldiers everywhere,
-some of them fast asleep on the staircase, their guns between their
-knees, so that the visitors had to pick their way upstairs over
-prostrate bodies.
-
-Finally, their guide pushed open a door and ushered them into a
-bedroom, where Garcia was presiding over a meeting of the Cabinet he had
-appointed the previous day. Some of these high functionaries were seated
-on the Dictator’s bed, others on the table, and one on a bundle of
-soiled linen.
-
-They were received more than courteously. Garcia, who was in his
-shirt-sleeves, and shaving, ran toward the Marquis with both hands
-outstretched, scattering white flakes from his shaving-brush as he came.
-
-“Forgive me, señor,” he said. “Antique simplicity! Antique
-simplicity!... I receive you as I would a friend... for I trust you come
-as a friend, as a friend of the new Government. Let me introduce you.”
-
-He began with the Minister of War, who was astride the bolster, and
-finished up with the Minister for Posts and Telegraphs, a hideous
-half-breed chewing cocoa-nut leaves.
-
-“No fuss, you see,” babbled on Garcia. “Antique simplicity. Cato, and
-all that sort of thing.... Nothing like antiquity, sir, to make men....
-The good padres taught us that, and I took the lesson to heart.” He
-laughed. “All that show is for outside... the crowds like it. You must
-amuse the crowd!... Did you see my review? Splendid, wasn’t it?...
-Magnificent soldiers.... And the rain., Did you see what I did?
-Effective, eh?”
-
-Daring all this verbiage, Garcia was thinking hard, and watching the
-new-comers’ faces. He was far from being a fool. Were they, or were they
-not, ambassadors from Veintemilla? Would he accept a compromise, if they
-came to offer it? In a moment his mind was made up; he would refuse,
-and risk everything on the result of this rising, his large fortune and
-his life included.
-
-At last the Marquis was able to speak.
-
-“I have come to ask the assistance of the master of Peru.”
-
-At these words the Dictator, who was washing the soap from his face,
-looked up in surprise over a towel. He knew that the Marquis was a
-personal friend of Veintemilla. Natividad looked away uneasily, for he
-was compromising himself horribly.
-
-“The master of Peru,” repeated the Marquis, “whose motto is ‘Liberty for
-all.’ I want him to restore to me my two children, who have been
-stolen.”
-
-“Stolen! What do you mean, señor? Those who have done this thing shall
-be punished. I swear it by my ancestor, Pedro de la Vega, who gave his
-life for the True Faith, and was killed by the infidels in the year of
-grace 1537 at the Battle of Xauxa, in which he received seventeen wounds
-while fighting at the side of the illustrious Christobal de la Torre!”
-
-The Marquis had always said that Garcia was in no way descended from
-Pedro de la Vega, and Garcia knew it.
-
-“Those same infidels have now carried off my daughter, Excellency.”
-
-“The beautiful señorita! But what do you mean by infidels? What
-infidels?”
-
-“She has been kidnaped from Callao by the Quichuas... as a sacrifice to
-their gods during the Interaymi.”
-
-“Sacrifice!... Interaymi... but that cannot be, señor.”
-
-“I am sure of what I say, Excellency, and she has certainly been carried
-off. Let me introduce señor Perez, the inspector superior of the police
-of Callao. Like myself, he is devoted to your cause. He will tell you
-the same thing. Speak, Natividad.”
-
-Horrified at the form of the Marquis’ introduction, Natividad stammered
-a corroboration. If Garcia did not win now, all that was left for him to
-do was to cross the Bolivian frontier.
-
-The change in Garcia’s manner was immediate. He did not want trouble
-with the Quichuas, his partisans and allies.
-
-“But I can do nothing for you, señor. All this happened in Callao.
-Veintemilla is still master there, and you must go to him.”
-
-“They are now in this very city, imprisoned in a house which is guarded
-by your own troops.”
-
-“That is not possible. I should have known it. But if by some
-extraordinary fact this is so, you have not done wrong in coming to me.”
-
-“I knew I would not appeal to you in vain. As long as I live, I shall
-not forget this service. I have friends in Lima, señor! And this
-gentleman also,” he pointed to Natividad. “The police of Callao is
-yours.... Only accompany us to the gates of the city, and set my
-children free, and my life and my fortune are yours.”
-
-“I am afraid I cannot come myself, for I am expecting the British
-Consul. But I will send my Minister for War with you. You will find
-him just as useful.” Garcia turned and whistled for the dignitary
-in question, who seemed in no hurry to move. “Go and see what is
-happening,” he ordered, “and let me know.... I believe you are in error,
-gentlemen, but I will do what I can for you.”
-
-Don Christobal and Natividad went out, followed by the Minister, whose
-enormous spurs made the hall and staircase echo. Garcia closed the door.
-
-“I wonder what it all means,” he mused aloud, evidently much put out.
-“Ten to one, Oviedo Runtu is in it. If he really has carried off
-señorita de la Torre, the outlook for us at Lima is bad.”
-
-The door opened, and an officer announced the British Consul.
-This official was a big tradesman of the town, who had secured the
-commissariat contracts to Garcia’s army by promising him the support of
-Great Britain.
-
-Garcia began to speak of his soldiers, and the consul put in that the
-worth of an army resided more in the general who commanded it than in
-the men themselves. His compliment provoked a self-satisfied bow from
-Garcia, but he made the mistake of trying to improve it, and added:
-
-“For, between you and me, Excellency, those troops of yours are not
-worth much, and if you had not been there to...”
-
-“Not worth much! What the devil do you mean! Do you know what kind of
-fighting they have been doing in the mountains? Not worth much, indeed!
-Did you see a single laggard...”
-
-“No, but the guard are all sound asleep now.”
-
-“Asleep!” Garcia swore, and ran to the door.
-
-
-
-
-III
-
-Garcia opened the door, and looked down the staircase, where he both
-heard and saw his guards sleeping. Pale with anger, the Dictator woke
-them, and ordered the officer to muster his men on the landing.
-
-“My soldiers never sleep!” he declared to the consul. “Look at them. Do
-they look as if they wanted sleep?... Come, my lads, a little exercise
-to keep you fit. Out of that window with you all!”
-
-His outstretched arm pointed to the bedroom window, nearly five yards
-above the ground. The poor hussars looked at him, hesitated, and jumped.
-Remained only the officer.
-
-“Well, and what are you waiting for, major? You should be with your
-men.”
-
-Then, as the officer did not move, he seized him round the waist, and
-threw him out of the window. The watching ministers and the consul,
-anxious not to take the same route, laughed heartily at the jest, and
-went to look into the courtyard. Those of the soldiers who had landed
-more or less safely were picking up three comrades with broken legs. The
-officer was being carried off, his skull fractured.
-
-Just as this interlude ended, the Minister for War returned, still
-followed by the Marquis and Natividad.
-
-“Well?” asked Garcia, closing the window.
-
-“The Red Ponchos,” replied the Minister, looking meaningly at his
-illustrious chief. “Oviedo Runtu quartered them there, and added a few
-soldiers to the guard. They leave to-morrow night for the Cuzco.”
-
-“What else?” Garcia was nervously twisting his mustache.
-
-“They know nothing of the young lady and the little boy.”
-
-“Excellency,” burst in the Marquis, who could contain himself no longer,
-“you must have that house searched. I know they are in it. You cannot
-allow those scoundrels to go free! Your name would be tarnished for
-ever if you did such a thing! It would make you the accomplice of
-murderers!....On you depend the life of my son, the only heir of a great
-name which in the past has always fought for civilization, side by side
-with yours, and of my daughter, whom you once loved.”
-
-The latter consideration might have had little effect on the Dictator,
-who did not believe in confusing love and politics, but the sentence
-before, appealing to his sentiments as the representative of “a great
-name” moved him powerfully. He turned bruskly to his Minister for War.
-
-“But you must have seen something. I presume you searched the house?”
-
-“If I forced that house, Excellency, every one of our Quichua soldiers
-would rise. Runtu has only to make a sign, and they cut all our throats.
-That house is sacred, for the Red Ponchos and the mammaconas are
-escorting the ‘sacred imprints from Cajamarca to the Cuzco for the
-Interaymi fêtes. It is impossible, Excellency.” One look from the
-Dictator drove all his ministers from the room. When the door had closed
-on the last one, he turned to the Marquis.
-
-“If your children are in that house, señor, it is terrible... but I can
-do nothing for you.” Don Christobal staggered under the blow, and leaned
-against the wall.
-
-“Listen, Garcia,” he said in a strangled voice, “if this horrible crime
-is allowed, I shall make you personally responsible for it before the
-civilized world.”
-
-He reeled, almost on the point of fainting. Garcia ran to his side, and
-held him up, but Don Christobal seemed to regain his forces at once.
-
-“Hands off, you general of murderers!” he shouted.
-
-Garcia went white, while the Marquis walked toward the door, turning his
-back on the Dictator though he expected to be stabbed at any moment. But
-Garcia controlled himself, and his lisping voice checked Don Christobal
-in surprise.
-
-“Do not go yet, señor. I can do nothing for you, but I can at all events
-give you some advice.”
-
-Don Christobal turned, but ignored the hand which waved to a chair, and
-waited. He had already wasted too much time here.
-
-“Speak, sir,” he said; “time passes.”
-
-“Have you any money?” asked Garcia bruskly.
-
-“Money? What for? To...” He was on the point of saying “to bribe
-you,” but stopped at a suppliant look from Natividad, who was signing
-desperately to him from behind the Dictator’s back.
-
-Garcia, remembering there was somebody else in the room, took Natividad
-by the arm, and put him out of the room without a word. Then he sat down
-at a little table loaded with papers, rested his head in his hands, and
-began to speak in an undertone, without looking at the Marquis, still
-standing and suspicious.
-
-“I can do nothing for you against the Red Ponchos and the mammaconas.
-Their house, or their temporary quarters, must be sacred, for they have
-the relics of Atahualpa with them. You say your children are in that
-house as well. That may be, but I am helpless to prove or disprove it.
-It is horrible, I agree, but I am powerless. You say that my soldiers
-are guarding the house? That is not true. I am nobody in all this. Who
-put them there? Oviedo Runtu. They are Oviedo Runtu’s soldiers.”
-
-He paused for a moment.
-
-“Who is Oviedo Runtu? A bank-clerk whom you may have had dealings with
-at Lima? Yes, and no. He is a bank clerk, but he is also the master of
-every Quichua in the country. Yes, he dresses like a European, and
-earns a humble living among us, but meanwhile he is studying all our
-institutions, our financial methods, all our secrets. He earns two
-hundred soles a month behind a counter, and he is perhaps a king. I
-don’t know.
-
-“King or not, all the Quichua and Aimara chiefs are his slaves. Huascar,
-your former servant, is his right hand.... If you ask me, a man who has
-dreamed the regeneration of his race! That’s what he is.... When I was
-preparing this revolt at Arequipa, Huascar came and offered me Oviedo
-Runtu’s aid, and I accepted the alliance because I could not do
-otherwise. Do you understand now? It is not I, but Oviedo Runtu.... He
-is in your way, as he is in mine.... And, believe me, I am as sorry for
-you as for myself.”
-
-“That’s the man. I can see his hand in it all.”
-
-“As I said before, force is out of the question. But though I cannot
-fight the Red Ponchos, _you_ can bribe them. They are Quichuas, and any
-Indian can be bought. That is why I asked if you had any money.”
-
-“No, I have none,” replied the Marquis, who had been listening to the
-Dictator eagerly. “We left in a hurry, and I had not time to think of
-it.”
-
-“Fortunately, though, I have.”
-
-Garcia whistled in a certain manner, and the Minister for Finance came
-in.
-
-“Where is the war chest?”
-
-“Under the Red, Excellency.” The Minister went down on his knees, and
-dragged an iron-bound box to Garcia’s side.
-
-“You may go now.”
-
-When they were alone again, Garcia took a little key from his pocket,
-opened the box, and took out a bundle of bank-notes, which he threw on
-the table. Locking the box, he pushed it under the bed again, picked up
-the notes, and handed them to the Marquis.
-
-“Count them afterwards, and pay me back in Lima, when I am President.
-There is enough there to bleach every Red Poncho in existence. They are
-gentlemen who know the value of those little pieces of paper. Oviedo
-Runtu himself probably taught them. Good-by, señor, and good luck.”
-
-“Excellency,” said the Marquis, forgetting that a moment before he had
-called this man a murderer, “I do not thank you... but if I succeed...”
-
-“Yes, yes, I know... your life and fortune are mine.”
-
-“One word more. I shall try to bribe your troopers with the rest.”
-
-“By all means! By all means!”
-
-“And if we fail, Excellency, I warn you that weak as we are, desperate
-as the venture may be, we shall attack those priests and their escort.
-Can we count on your neutrality?”
-
-“Most certainly. And if by chance you injure Oviedo, I shall not have
-you hauled up before a court-martial!”
-
-They shook hands, and the Marquis ran out. As he crossed the threshold,
-Garcia shrugged his shoulders.
-
-“His daughter is lost, but he, the fool, has been bought by me. All this
-would not have happened if she had married me.”
-
-At the bottom of the staircase, the Marquis found Natividad waiting
-anxiously. In the street, they met Dick, who had come to look for them.
-He was pale and agitated, and it was evident that some extraordinary
-event had made him leave his post.
-
-“What has happened?” asked the Marquis.
-
-“Back to the inn, quick! We must decide on some course of action. What
-did Garcia say?”
-
-“That he could do nothing for us. But he gave me money and a piece of
-advice that may save them. But what made you leave your post? Are they
-still there?”
-
-“Yes. Only one person has left the house. Huascar. I followed,
-determined to corner him, and kill him like a dog, if need he. He went
-straight to our inn, and asked for you. They told him you had gone out,
-but were returning. He then said he would wait, so I came to fetch you.”
-
-“They are saved!” exclaimed Don Christobal. “Why else should Huascar
-come to see me?”
-
-“I don’t like the man, and don’t believe in him. You must not forget
-that you have to do with a fanatic, and one who owes Maria-Teresa a
-grudge.”
-
-“My wife found him starving in the street, and gave him shelter. I
-cannot believe he has altogether forgotten that.... I have always
-thought he was in the whole business against his will, and determined to
-save Maria-Teresa sooner or later. Hurry!”
-
-“I hope you’re right, but I don’t believe it,” replied Dick. “We’ll
-have him cornered in a minute, and if he doesn’t answer my questions
-properly, he’ll be sorry.”
-
-“You must not forget, Dick, that they have hostages.”
-
-“Hostages which they will massacre even if we let Huascar go free, sir!
-I would give anything to wring his neck!”
-
-“And I, boy, would give anything to save my children.”
-
-The Marquis’ tone was so icy that Dick refrained from further comment.
-
-Just before they reached the inn, Natividad noticed on the opposite
-pavement a tall old man leaning on a shepherd’s crook, and watching the
-door through which Huascar had entered. A ragged cloak hung over his
-thin shoulders, and a straggling white beard framed a face so white that
-it was deathlike. Natividad stopped, and looked at him hard.
-
-“I know that face,” he muttered. “Who is it? Who is it?”
-
-Don Christobal, entering the inn, told Dick that he was going to their
-room, and asked him to bring Huascar there. The stairs leading up to the
-first floor were just inside the archway, and the Marquis, putting his
-foot on the first step, noticed Natividad staring across the road. His
-eye followed, and he also was struck by a sudden vague memory.
-
-“Who on earth is that?” he wondered. “I have seen that man before.”
-
-
-
-
-IV
-
-Hardly had the Marquis entered the room than Huascar made his
-appearance, followed by Dick and Natividad, like a prisoner with his
-two guards. The Indian swept off his hat, with a grave “_Dios anki
-tiourata,_” To wish a white man good-day thus, in the sacred Aimara
-language, was a sign of great respect. Then, seeing that the Marquis did
-not respond to the greeting, Huascar began to speak in Spanish.
-
-“Señor, I bring you news of the señorita and your son. If the God of the
-Christians, whom the benefactress worshiped, aids me, they will both be
-restored to you.”
-
-Don Christobal, though seething within, forced himself to the same calm
-as the Indian.
-
-“Why have you and yours committed this crime?” he questioned, crossing
-his arms.
-
-“Why did you and yours commit the crime of not watching over them?
-Had you not been warned? Huascar, for your sake, twice betrayed his
-brethren, his god, and his country. He remembered that the mother of
-the señorita once befriended a naked child in Callao. That is why he
-has sworn to save her daughter from the terrible honor of entering the
-Enchanted Realms of the Sun.”
-
-Don Christobal half held out his hand, but the Indian did not take it,
-smiling sadly.
-
-“Gracias, señor.”
-
-“And my son, Huascar?”
-
-“Your son is in no danger. Huascar watches over him.”
-
-“You say you watch over them! But to-morrow I may have neither son nor
-daughter.”
-
-“Neither son nor daughter will you have if you do not obey Huascar.” The
-man’s tone had become somber and menacing. “But if you obey, I swear by
-the head of Atahualpa, who awaits your daughter should I betray her, I
-swear by my eternal soul, that the señorita will be saved!”
-
-“What must we do?”
-
-“Nothing. You must abstain from all action. Do not pursue the Red
-Ponchos and put them on their guard. I will do everything if you and
-yours promise not to come near that house again. They know you, and when
-you appear, the mammaconas form the black chain round the Bride of the
-Sun. If a stranger appeared, they would offer her up to Atahualpa dead,
-rather than see her escape. Be warned, and do not leave this inn. If you
-promise me that, I swear that I will bring your son here, unharmed, at
-midnight. For your daughter, you must wait.”
-
-Don Christobal took down a little crucifix from a nail over the bed, and
-came toward Huascar.
-
-“The señora brought you up in our holy faith,” he said. “Swear upon this
-that you will do as you say.”
-
-Huascar held out his hand and took the oath.
-
-“I have sworn,” he said proudly, “but for me, your word is enough.”
-
-“You have it,” replied Don Christobal. “We await you here at midnight.
-Gentlemen,” he added, as Huascar’s steps rang on the staircase without,
-“I have given my word, and you must help me keep it. I believe in
-Huascar.”
-
-“So do I,” added Natividad.
-
-Dick was silent. He had been watching the Indian, and was unconvinced.
-
-“What do you think, Dick?”
-
-“I don’t like it. Perhaps I am mistaken, though. I feel that Huascar
-hates me, and I do not love him particularly. We are not in a position
-to judge one another. Midnight will show.”
-
-Natividad, going to the window, had opened it, and was leaning out into
-the street.
-
-“I tell you I have seen that face somewhere before,” he reiterated.
-
-“So have I,” added the Marquis, going to the window as well.
-
-Dick joined them, and watched the skeletonlike old man across the
-street He was tracking Huascar, like a little boy playing at brigands,
-childishly taking ineffective cover behind carts, pedestrians and trees.
-The Indian had noticed him, and turned once or twice; then continued on
-his way openly, quite unconcerned.
-
-Suddenly, the Marquis, pensively leaning against the window,
-straightened himself with an exclamation.
-
-“That is Orellana! The father of Maria-Cristina de Orellana!”
-
-Natividad started.
-
-“You are right. That’s who it is.... I remember him well now.”
-
-They remained as if stunned by this apparition from the terrible past;
-this ghost come to remind them that he too had had a beautiful daughter;
-that she had vanished ten years before, during the Interaymi, and that
-he would never see her again. The Marquis, crushed by a flood of old
-memories, sat inert in an armchair, deaf to Natividad’s reassuring
-words, and refused to touch a mouthful of the meal prepared for them.
-
-Dick, at the Marquis’ exclamation, had dashed down into the street,
-caught up with the mysterious old man at the corner of the square, and
-put a hand on his shoulder. The stranger turned, looking at the young
-man fixedly.
-
-“What do you desire, señor?” he asked in a toneless voice.
-
-“I want to know why you are following that man.” Dick pointed to
-Huascar, just disappearing at another corner.
-
-“Do you not know, then? The great day of the Interaymi is near. I am
-following that man because he commands the Red Ponchos, who are taking
-my daughter to the Cuzco. She is the Bride of the Sun, you know. But
-this time I shall not let her die! I shall save her, and we will return
-together to Lima, where her fiancée is waiting. Adios señor!”
-
-He stalked away on his long legs, leaning on the crook.
-
-“Mad!” said Dick aloud. Then he clenched his fists as if to hold his own
-reason. This inaction would drive him insane! To think that in the very
-heart of a supposedly civilized city there was nothing to do but to wait
-And wait for what? Huascar’s good pleasure; his good pleasure to keep
-his word or break it. Could he force that house alone? He could at all
-events try, and fight his way to Maria-Teresa’s feet, even if he was
-killed the minute afterwards.
-
-He stopped, and pulled himself together.
-
-What good purpose would that serve? No, he must wait; wait until
-midnight, when Huascar would return. That was the only thing to do; ruse
-for ruse, and the golden voice of money to talk to those Indians. But
-midnight was a long way off. Ten times the young man paced round
-the square, wondering and raging. Surely there were behind all these
-beflagged and festooned windows a legion of Christian men who would rise
-like a hurricane if they knew the abominable truth!
-
-Dick’s thoughts were interrupted by the appearance of a dancing,
-singing, howling mob at the end of the neighboring calle. This, then,
-was the populace which he would have raised against Garcia, and which
-obeyed Garcia, while the Dictator, like Pilate, washed his hands of it.
-The mob approached, to the thunder of drums and bugles, while flaming
-torches and swaying paper lanterns lit up the scene, for night had now
-fallen. Overhead fluttered banners adorned with crosses and strange
-symbols perhaps two thousand years old. Christians, this crowd? Perhaps!
-
-Not a man of the upper classes was to be seen, not even a high-caste
-Indian. Here were only the dregs of the city; a mass of howling maniacs,
-whirling and whooping round a huge bonfire which had flared up in the
-center of the square, their wild yells punctuated by salvas of cohetes
-(crackers). On one side of the square they were singing hymns; on the
-other they were drinking, smoking, swearing. One group of natives swept
-into a church, still dancing; another entered the theater and became
-religiously silent, awaiting the arrival of Garcia, for whom a gala was
-being given.
-
-Dick, arms crossed and brows knit, glared at the passing groups. There
-was nothing to be done with such brutes as these! Then he took a sudden
-resolution. To the four winds with Huascar and his promises! He would go
-to that little adobe house! Feeling to see if his revolver was safe in
-his pocket, he turned, only to be confronted by Huascar.
-
-“Señor, where go you?”
-
-He put a hand on the engineer’s arm, restraining him. Dick roughly
-shouldered the man away.
-
-“You know where I am going.”
-
-Again the Indian intervened.
-
-“Return to the inn, señor,” he advised calmly. “I will be there in two
-hours’ time with the little lord. But if you make another step I cannot
-answer for the safety of your betrothed.” Huascar’s voice had changed as
-he said “your betrothed.” Dick, looking up quickly, saw nothing but
-hatred in the Indian’s eyes. Maria-Teresa is lost, he thought
-despairingly. Then a flash of light seemed to illumine the abyss into
-which he felt himself rolling with her.
-
-“Huascar,” he said abruptly, “if you save Don Christobal’s daughter...”
-
-He stopped a moment, for his heart was beating as if it would burst.
-In those few seconds of silence, which seemed an eternity, the barbaric
-picture of that scene became imprinted on his brain for all time--this
-dark archway under which they had instinctively drawn, the somber and
-deserted street before them, the intermittent uproar from the plaza
-mayor, and, in the adjacent streets, the banging of cohetes thrown by
-mischievous boys under the feet of all that passed. Just opposite, at
-a window on the first floor, half-a-dozen globules of colored fire
-flickered in the darkness; a family of royal Arequipenos had been
-illuminating in honor of Garcia before going to see the torchlight
-procession, or to the gala at the Municipal Theater.
-
-Dick waited until an Indian, loaded down with horse-cloths, had passed
-and vanished; perhaps, sub-consciously, he was awaiting the miracle
-which would render unnecessary what he was about to say. The Indian
-waited, motionless as a statue.
-
-“If you save her, I swear to you by my God that she shall never be my
-wife.”
-
-Huascar did not answer at once. He was evidently taken by surprise.
-
-“I shall save her,” he said at last. “Return to the inn, señor. I shall
-be there at midnight.” He turned and walked toward the river without
-another look at Dick, who made his way back to the plaza mayor, his ears
-buzzing, convinced that he had delivered Maria-Teresa.
-
-
-
-
-V
-
-Absorbed by his thoughts, shaken by the mental storm through which he
-had just passed, Dick did not notice what was happening about him, and
-was nearly ridden down by a detachment of hussars clearing a way to
-the theater. The hussars were escorting an open carriage drawn by four
-splendidly caparisoned horses, and seated in the carriage were two men:
-General Garcia, in all the glory of the fullest of full uniforms, and
-beside him, in immaculate evening-dress, Oviedo Runtu.
-
-When he saw the Indian, Dick made as if to rush after the carriage,
-but he was swept away in a swirl of the crowd and, hardly knowing how,
-carried right into the theater on that human flood. He at once tried
-to escape, but could not battle his way back to the door. Garcia,
-surrounded by a glittering staff, was bowing to the cheering crowd from
-the front of the presidential box. Dick was so placed that he could
-not see Oviedo Runtu. The Indian, modestly hidden behind a column, left
-Garcia to wrestle with his glory alone.
-
-A French actress, “of the Comédie Française,” if the bills were to be
-believed, came before the footlights and recited Spanish verse, in which
-Garcia was hailed as “the Savior of the country.”
-
-Then the curtain rose, revealing a pedestal, on which was the bust of a
-general. It had served several times before for a like purpose, but this
-time it was supposed to represent Garcia. Round it was grouped the whole
-company, which intoned a triumphal chorus. Then, one by one, the actors
-filed past the bust, each with his little speech and a wreath.
-
-The bust was almost buried in flowers when an Indian girl appeared. She
-was wearing the Quichua costume:--a little tunic open at the neck, and
-a dozen skirts of various colors worn one on the other; over her
-shoulders, a woolen mantlet, secured at the throat by a spoon-shaped
-brooch.
-
-She was greeted with a roar of delight by the Indian part of the
-audience. And she, in her turn, that nothing might be lacking in
-Garcia’s triumph, sang something in Indian, something by which the
-Indians also put all their hope and trust in the Savior of the Country.
-At the last verse she shouted, as was only meet, “Long live Garcia!” the
-crowd taking up the echo. There were other voices, however, shouting,
-“Huayna Capac Runtu!”
-
-A gorgeous din followed. Every Indian in the theater jumped up,
-cheering, joined by scores of half-breeds who suddenly remembered their
-descent and, tired of being treated with contempt by the whites, joined
-in the roar of “Long live Huayna Capac Runtu!” The purely Peruvian
-element sat motionless in stalls and boxes.
-
-Meanwhile, in the presidential box, Garcia had drawn to his constellated
-bosom the resplendent shirt-front of the bank-clerk, embracing
-before all the illustrious descendant of the Inca kings. The house,
-enthusiastic before, became delirious.
-
-The gala was over, and Dick was carried out of the theater as he had
-been swept in. He had seen enough to realize how useless had been the
-Marquis’ visit to the Dictator. Garcia was helpless without the Indians,
-and the real master of the situation was Oviedo. Dick had now no hope
-but in Huascar. It was eleven o’clock, and he hurried back to the inn.
-
-There he found Natividad and the Marquis equally anxious at his
-protracted absence. As to Uncle Francis, nobody had seen him since the
-arrival at Arequipa, and nobody worried about him. Dick told them of his
-meeting with Huascar; he was convinced now of the Indian’s good faith.
-
-They did not exchange another word until midnight, anxiously peering out
-of the windows for some sign to confirm their hopes. Natividad was as
-anxious as his two companions. He was a kind-hearted man, and had gone
-so far into the adventure that he could no longer withdraw without
-loss of self-esteem. Moreover, he was so compromised, administratively
-speaking, that, all things taken into consideration, he could not do
-better than stand by the Marquis to the end. Whatever the result, he was
-sure that Don Christobal would not let him starve.
-
-Midnight came, and the twelve strokes rang out from the church tower.
-
-The theater had long since given up its last enthusiasts, and the square
-was now more or less deserted. All the paper lanterns had gone out, but
-the night was a clear one, and they could easily distinguish the shadows
-moving homewards under the arcades. None of them, though, came toward
-the inn. A quarter past twelve. Not one of the three men in the room
-dared say a word!
-
-At half-past twelve, still nothing! The Marquis heaved a strangled sigh.
-At a quarter to one, Dick went over to the little lamp smoking on the
-table, took out his revolver, and opened it to see that it was loaded
-and working properly.
-
-“Huascar has fooled us like children,” he said, vainly striving to
-control his voice. “He came here in broad daylight, with the knowledge
-of his accomplices, and threw sand in our eyes. He has kept us quiet for
-hours that were priceless to them, and might have been to us. I have no
-hope left. Maria-Teresa is lost, but I shall see her again if I die for
-it.”
-
-He left the room. Don Christobal, catching up his cloak and arming
-himself as well, followed, Natividad in his wake. They crossed the
-square in silence. At the top of the alley leading down to the adobe
-house, Natividad asked the Marquis what he intended to do against fifty
-armed men.
-
-“The first man we see will be offered a thousand soles to speak. If he
-refuses, a knife in the ribs. Then we shall see.”
-
-When they reached the point where they had been stopped by Civil Guards
-earlier in the day, they were astonished to find the sentry gone. For a
-moment, there was a flicker of hope in their hearts, but when they had
-advanced another twenty yards and saw the house unguarded, they realized
-the truth. They ran forward and entered the open door. All the rooms
-were deserted. In one of them they found the same pungent odor as at
-the hacienda on the Chorillos road. “They are lost,” muttered Natividad,
-while the Marquis, breaking down at last, called his children’s names
-aloud through the deserted house.
-
-Dick, exploring the place, fell over a crouching figure, and put all his
-pent-up rage into throwing the man. Half strangled and trembling with
-fear, the captured half-breed explained that he was the owner of the
-house. He had been roistering in the city, but the threat of death
-sobered him and loosened his tongue.
-
-Just after eleven o’clock, a closed carriage had driven up to the door.
-He did not know who had entered it, but it had been escorted to the
-station by all the women and the Red Ponchos. This he knew for certain,
-because he had followed them out of curiosity. At the station, the man
-they called Huascar had given him some money, telling him to go away
-and not to return to the house before daylight “The blackguard!” growled
-Dick. “He knew we would come here when he didn’t turn up! Come on! To
-the station, quick!”
-
-When they reached it, it was with the greatest difficulty that they
-finally unearthed an employee asleep on a bench. He made no secret
-of the fact that a large number of Indians had left at a quarter past
-eleven, in a special train ordered by Oviedo Runtu “for his servants.”
- No, they could not get another special train that night for all the
-money in the world. If they wanted to get to Sicuapi as well, they
-would have to wait until the morning. This said, he returned to his
-interrupted nap.
-
-That night was a terrible one for the three men. They made another vain
-attempt to reach Garcia, and then wandered through the streets until
-dawn. Don Christobal was beginning to talk incoherently, and showed all
-the signs of approaching dementia. Again and again Dick led them back to
-the adobe house and wandered through the empty rooms. The half-breed had
-taken to his heels.
-
-Natividad was not in a much better condition than his companions, and
-when the first morning train started, it carried three specters in one
-compartment. Other travelers, hesitating at the door, literally bolted
-when they saw their wild eyes.
-
-The train went as far as Sicuani, but they did not reach it the same
-day, being obliged to pass a night at Juliaca, nearly ten thousand feet
-above sea-level, where they again found the trace of the Red Ponchos.
-It was intensely cold, and all three were taken with mountain sickness,
-which made them so weak that they were forced to take some rest. They
-only partially recovered next day, at Sicuani. There was a motor service
-between Sicuani and Cuzco, which was working despite the revolution, but
-the Marquis, unwilling to trust anybody or anything, bought a car for
-himself at a fabulous price. He was also moved by the thought that it
-might prove useful later on.
-
-Just as they were leaving the station road in their motor, they met
-Uncle Francis, cool, unperturbed, and fresh as a daisy. An avalanche of
-questions did not ruffle his calm.
-
-“Well, I lost you at Arequipa and did not know what to do. Then I said
-to myself; ‘They are sure to be somewhere near the Red Ponchos.’ We are
-following them, are we not? So when I saw one, I stuck to him like
-a leech. I followed him to a little house near the river, which was
-guarded by soldiers. That, said I to myself, must be where these dear
-children are being kept prisoners. You did not appear, and I thought
-you had gone ahead. Everybody knows where these ceremonies take place,
-I suppose. But I did not, so I stuck to my Red Poncho. When they went to
-the station, I followed. Somebody told me it was a special train and I
-couldn’t get in, but I gave the guard two soles and slept in his van.
-When we arrived, I couldn’t see you anywhere. I went on to Cuzco, but
-you were not there either. So I came back to meet this morning’s train.
-And here I am!”
-
-Uncle Francis does not realize to this day how near he came to being
-strangled by his dutiful nephew, or stabbed by the Marquis. His superb
-calm nearly drove them frantic.
-
-“Where did they take Maria-Teresa?” demanded Dick, roughly, though he
-owed the unconscious tracker more thanks than blame.
-
-“You know well enough! To the House of the Serpent.”
-
-“The House of the Serpent!” Dick turned, to Natividad, gripping his
-sleeve. “I have heard you say something about that place. What does it
-mean?”
-
-“It means that they are in the Antechamber of Death.”
-
-
-
-
-BOOK V--THE HOUSE OF THE SERPENT
-
-
-
-
-I
-
-Maria-Teresa opened her eyes. What was this dream from which she had
-awakened, or into which she had fallen? Little Christobal’s plaintive
-voice brought her keen realization of the brutal truth. She held out
-her arms to the child, but felt neither his kisses nor his tears on her
-face. Her eyes were still heavy with magic sleep, and she opened them
-with difficulty.
-
-When, gradually, she came out of the abyss of darkness and dreams into
-which she could be plunged almost instantly by the sacred sachets always
-ready in the hideous fists of the three living mummies; the mammaconas,
-too, had terrible perfumes which they burned round her in precious
-vases, sandia more pungent than incense, more hallucinating than opium,
-which transformed the Bride of the Sun into a beautiful living statue.
-Then they could sing their songs uninterruptedly, for Maria-Teresa had
-gone to another world, and heard nothing of what happened about her.
-
-Curiously enough, her spirit then carried her back to the hour when the
-knock had come at her window in Callao and when, dropping the big green
-register to the floor, she had run to meet Dick. She was worried, too,
-by the ever present memory of an unfinished letter to their agent in
-Antwerp, which she had been writing when that other knock at the
-window had sent her running to Dick again. She remembered with horrible
-distinctness the appearance of the three living mummies, swaying in
-the darkness, and the feel on her mouth and face of the hands made
-parchment-like by the eternal night of the catacombs. Waking from this
-lethargic slumber, she thought she had shaken off a dream, but when her
-eyes opened, she no longer knew whether she had not just entered into a
-terrible dreamland.
-
-When Maria-Teresa opened her eyes this time, she was in the House of the
-Serpent. She knew, for the mammaconas had told her, that when she awoke
-there she would be near unto death. There it was that Huayna Capac,
-father of the last King of the Incas, would come to fetch the bride
-offered to Atahualpa, and take her with him to the Enchanted Realms of
-the Sun. In the lucid moments left to her during the voyage, when she
-was given the nectar that kept her alive, the mammaconas had taught her
-the duties of the Bride, and the first principles of the faith to which
-she was to be sacrificed.
-
-At first, Maria-Teresa had hoped that she would be happy enough to lose
-her reason, or that the terrible fever which took her would free the
-troubled soul before the body was taken to martyrdom. But the mammaconas
-knew the secrets which cure such fevers, and had given her to drink
-a reddish liquid, chanting the while: “Fever has spread over you its
-poisoned robe. The hated race shall never know our secrets, but our love
-for Atahualpa’s bride is greater than our hatred. Drink and be well, in
-the name of Atahualpa, who awaits thee!”
-
-So she had returned to life, only to die again, and so, a nerveless
-statue, she had traveled right across Peru, to the little adobe house at
-Arequipa, the last stopping-place before the House of the Serpent. There
-she had seen Huascar for the first time, bearing in his arms something
-covered with a veil. Careless of all the listening ears about her, she
-had risen, and called to him as to a savior. He had answered: “Thou
-belongest to the Sun, but before he takes you, thou shalt have a great
-joy. Thou shalt see thy little brother again.” Then he lifted the veil
-and showed her Christobal, sleeping. She had run forward, while he had
-retreated in terror. None but the appointed may touch the Bride of
-the Sun, and the three guardians of the Temple were there, armed, and
-swaying gently. One of them signed to a mammacona, who carried the
-sleeping boy to his sister; she burst into tears, for the first time
-since her captivity. The child opened his eyes and clung to her,
-sobbing, “Maria-Teresa! Maria-Teresa!”
-
-“How did he come here? You would not hurt him!”
-
-“We shall do as he wishes. He came to us, not we to him. He himself
-shall decide his fate. Let him beware of his words. That is all I can
-say to you, all I can do for you. Is that not so, ye Guardians of the
-Temple?”
-
-Maria-Teresa, clutching the child to her, looked at them with fresh
-terror painted on her features; at Huascar, calm and motionless; at the
-three living mummies, gently swaying.
-
-“What do you mean? How can a child beware of his words?”
-
-Huascar, without moving, then spoke to little Christobal.
-
-“Child, will you come with me? I will take you to your father.”
-
-“No! I will stop with Maria-Teresa!”
-
-“The child has spoken,” said Huascar. “So it is ordered. Is it not so,
-Guardians of the Temple?”
-
-The three horrible skulls swayed gently.
-
-Then Huascar, before leaving, had chanted the words of an Almara psalm:
-“Blessed are those who shall come pure to the Kingdom of the Sun, pure
-as the hearts of little children, at the dawn of the world.”
-
-“Huascar, have pity! Remember my mother! Have pity!”
-
-Huascar bowed to the Guardians of the Temple and went out silently.
-
-Maria-Teresa, crooning over little Christobal, covered him with kisses.
-“Why did you come, little one? Why did you come?”
-
-“To tell you not to be afraid, Maria-Teresa. Papa and Dick are coming.
-They are following, and will save us both. But if you must die, little
-sister, I will die with you.”
-
-The mammaconas, moving silently, had lit the sandia in their precious
-vases; brother and sister slept together, in each other’s arms.
-
-Now she had awakened in the House of the Serpent, and Christobal was not
-with her. She struggled to regain consciousness, heard his cries near
-by, and rose from the cushioned couch on which she had been reclining.
-There was Christobal, naked, struggling in the hands of the mammaconas.
-Terrified, she made as if to rush to his assistance, but six of the
-women surrounded her, calmed her with fluttering hands. No harm would
-come to the child; he was being dressed, as she would be dressed, in a
-robe made of bat skins. They spoke with infinite respect, giving her a
-title she had not heard before; they called her Coya, which, in Inca,
-means queen.
-
-The mammaconas took her in their powerful arms, lifting her like a
-child, and took off the sulphur-hued robes with which she had been
-adorned in the deserted hacienda. Again they anointed her with sweet
-oils and perfumed creams, chanting the while a slow and restful lullaby,
-stilling to the senses. They were tall women from the province of Puno,
-born on the shores of Titicaca, strong and beautiful; their walk was
-almost rhythmic, supple and harmonious, while their rounded arms showed
-golden against the black of their veils. They had splendid eyes, all
-that could be seen of their faces.
-
-Maria-Teresa and little Christobal were afraid of them, but they were
-not cruel. Two of their number were to die with Maria-Teresa, to prepare
-the nuptial chamber in the Palace of the Sun, and they were the most
-lively, the happiest, the most consoling and understanding. They were
-wholly happy, and were sad that the Bride did not share that happiness,
-doing all they could to make her understand the joy of being chosen
-among all as the Goya. On their ankles they wore great golden bracelets,
-and in their ears heavy circlets.
-
-The child was no longer crying. They had promised him that if he
-was good he would return to Maria-Teresa’s arms. She also obeyed the
-mammaconas docilely. The chant with which they filled her ears lulled
-her spirit, still heavy with the magic sleep.
-
-There was a thought, too, which gave her courage. Those who were dearest
-to her knew where she was, what had happened to her, who had carried her
-off, and why. If little Christobal had been able to find her, surely her
-father and Dick could do so. They would both be saved. If Dick had not
-appeared before, it was because he delayed until he was sure of success.
-At any moment they might appear with the police and soldiers, all these
-savages would vanish in the mountains, and the horrible dream would be
-ended. She felt as weak as a child face to face with Destiny.
-
-
-
-
-II
-
-In the Home of the Sun,” sang the mammaconas for the hundredth time,
-“the trees are heavy with fruits, and when they are ripe the branches
-bend down to the earth, that the Indian need not even raise his hand
-to pick them. Do not weep! Thou shalt live eternally, eternally! Death
-knocks at the doors of the earthly palace, and the Spirit of Evil
-stretches his accursed wings over our forests. Weep not! On high in
-the heavens, near the Sun and the Moon, who is his sister and his first
-bride, near Charca, who is his faithful page, thou shalt live eternally,
-eternally!”
-
-On Maria-Teresa’s perfumed tresses they placed the royal borla, its
-golden fringe overshadowing her eyes and giving her a strange hieratic
-beauty. She shivered when the bat-skin robe slipped over her limbs;
-it was as if she had donned something viscous and icy, which from that
-instant made her part and parcel of the eternal night of which the bat
-is Coya.
-
-Then they placed on her wrist a circlet which she recognized as the
-Golden Sun bracelet. She realized that her last hours had begun, and
-thought sadly of the happy yet terrible day when this bracelet first
-appeared in her existence; she remembered the horror-stricken face of
-Aunt Agnes, the old duenna crossing herself, her father’s skepticism and
-Dick’s loving laugh. Where were they all now? Why--why did they not come
-to her rescue?
-
-Maria-Teresa stretched out her arms to the Providence that seemed to
-have deserted her, and closed them again on little Christobal, placed in
-her lap by one of the attendants. When she saw him, clad like herself in
-the robes of night, she was seized with revolt. This could not be! She
-turned to the Guardians of the Temple, who came forward in answer to
-her look, gently swaying. There was no doubt of it! There were the same
-horrible skulls which Dick and she had seen taken out of the earth, come
-from their tombs to take her back with them. But she _would_ speak, and
-test their mercy. She turned away her eyes, mortally afraid that the
-steady swaying would overpower her will, and told them she was ready to
-die quietly, as befitted a Bride of the Sun, if only they would spare
-the little boy and send him safely back to Lima.
-
-“I will not leave you, Maria-Teresa! I will not leave you!”
-
-“The child has spoken. So it is ordained.”
-
-The Guardians of the Temple exchanged glances and moved away again,
-gently swaying.
-
-Maria-Teresa burst into tears, the ring of madness in her high sobs,
-while the little boy clung desperately, striving to console her.
-
-“Do not cry, Maria-Teresa! They will come to save us. Papa and Dick will
-come.... Oh! What was that?”
-
-From behind the walls come the strains of music. A curtain is raised,
-and the players enter--tall, sad-faced men who take their places in a
-ring around them. They are the sacred players of the quenia, the flute
-which is made of human bones. Their song is sadder than a De Profundis,
-and Maria-Teresa shivers, her beseeching eye exploring in vain every
-corner of the great bare room which is the antechamber of her tomb.
-
-Monstrous, Cyclopean masses of stone, hexagonal in shape and placed
-one upon the other without mortar, held in place by their mighty weight
-alone, form the walls of the House of the Serpent. She knows where
-she is, for the mammaconas have told her. There are two Houses of the
-Serpent, one at Cajamarca, the other at Cuzco. They are called thus
-because of the stone serpent carved over the main entrances. The serpent
-is there to guard the sacred precincts, and never allows the victims of
-the Sun to escape. Aunt Agnes and old Irene have often told her this,
-and until now she has always laughed.
-
-Maria-Teresa, then, is in Cuzco, in a palace well known to travelers,
-historians, and archaeologists; a place which all may enter, which
-all may leave in freedom; a place to which guides bring the curious
-stranger. Then what does it all mean? Why should she fear? They are sure
-to come to her rescue. But why are they still not here?
-
-Which way will they come? Listen! Yes, above the sad piping of the
-quenias rise other sounds: murmurs, footsteps, and the dull rumble of
-a gathering throng. It comes from over there, from behind that vast
-curtain, that vast golden-yellow curtain which stretches right across
-the room and prevents her from seeing. What does it hide, and what is
-that crowd awaiting?
-
-Maria-Teresa questions the two mammaconas who are to die with her.
-They are stretched at her feet in their long black veils, and rise with
-respect to answer. The faithful are waiting to adore King Huayna
-Capac, who will come to lead her back to Atahualpa. Maria-Teresa,
-uncomprehending, asks more questions. He will come from the bowels of
-the earth to claim them, and they will pass through the realms of night
-in their robes of mourning, till they reach the Enchanted Realms of the
-Sun. Then they will be clad all in gold, with golden dresses and jewels
-of gold, for all time.
-
-“And the little boy?” asked Maria-Teresa.
-
-To her horror, they turned their heads away and did not answer. She
-caught Christobal more closely to her, covering his face with kisses,
-as if she wished to smother him with caresses to save him from a more
-terrible fate. The child strove to console her. “Do not be afraid,” he
-whispered. “Papa and Dick will come, not the wicked King. They will soon
-be here.”
-
-On one of the giant stones are mysterious signs to which the whispering
-mammaconas draw each other’s attention--strange sculptured figures with
-the head of man and the body of the coraquenque. In all time and on
-all the earth, so say the Incas, there has been only one couple of
-coraquenques, two of the mystic birds which appeared in the mountains
-at the coronation of each new king and gave him two of their feathers to
-adorn his head-dress.
-
-Behind the curtain, the noise has ceased, and the song of the quenias
-suddenly grows so piercing that Maria-Teresa cries out in terror.
-Christobal, clutching at her bosom, nestles closer. Then the curtains
-are parted, and the whole hall is revealed.
-
-Below, a long way below her, is a prostrate and silent crowd. On
-the porphyry steps which stretch down to this crowd stand the three
-Guardians of the Temple. A step below them, Huascar, his arms crossed
-under his red poncho. Lower still, four prostrate Red Ponchos, who
-are the Guards of the Sacrifice. Their heads, completely hidden by the
-sacred bonnet and ear-caps, are bent so low that none can see their
-faces.
-
-Surely there is somebody in that huge crowd who will free her!
-Maria-Teresa, filled with a wild hope, rises with the child in her arms,
-and cries for mercy. But the booming answer takes away all hope. “Muera
-la Coya! Muera la Coya! To death with the Queen!” They give her the
-title in Aïmara, but clamor for her death in Spanish, that she may
-understand.
-
-The four mammaconas on her right, the four others on her left and the
-two who were to die with her surrounded the young girl, forced her back
-to her seat. But she still struggled, holding up the boy, and begging
-that he at least might be spared.
-
-“He is the sacrifice of Pacahuamac,” came the answer. And the
-mammaconas, taking up the echo, chanted: “The sacrifice of Pacahuamac!
-Before all things began, before the Sun and before the Moon, his sister,
-was the Great Spirit, Pacahuamac. Pacahuamac, the Great Spirit!”
-
-Down below there, the surging crowd took up the cry. Huascar, turning,
-commanded silence with a gesture.
-
-They were all standing now, except the four Red Ponchos on the last
-step; still prostrate and silent. The cry of the quenias rose again,
-strident and shrill; soon they alone were to be heard. Maria-Teresa,
-crushed, conquered, had ceased struggling. Not a voice, not a sign, had
-answered the appeal. In a groan, she begged the mammaconas for their
-perfumes. “Have mercy. Bring your perfumes. Then we shall not suffer.”
- The two who were to die with her shook their heads. “We must go to
-Atahualpa waking, with all our hearts and all our senses, that heart and
-senses may live hereafter.”
-
-The quenia players ceased their music, and a terrible, gripping silence
-descended on the hall. The faithful fell to their knees, and Huascar’s
-sonorous voice commanded silence.
-
-“Silence! Silence in the House of the Serpent! The dead King is coming!
-Listen!”
-
-It was as if an earthquake had shaken the walls. The place was filled
-with thunder. But instead of coming from the heavens, it rose from the
-very bowels of the earth.
-
-Little Christobal trembled in his sister’s arms, clung closer, and
-whispered, “Look, Maria-Teresa! Look at the Red Ponchos.” She lifted her
-eyes, looked, trembled, and forced herself to silence. While every other
-head was bent in worship, the Guards of the Sacrifice had raised theirs,
-and under the sacred bonnets, despite the stain that disguised them,
-Maria-Teresa recognized the faces of Dick, her father, Natividad and
-Uncle Francis.
-
-When she looked a second time, the four bonnets were prostrate again,
-and a cry from Huascar, herald of Huayna Capac, brought the multitude to
-its feet.
-
-Another tremor shook the very foundations of the temple, and one wall
-seemed to vanish.
-
-“Huayna Capac!”
-
-
-
-
-III
-
-That part of the wall on which were sculptured the strange signs and
-the two human-headed birds had opened, as if on a pivot. Maria-Teresa
-cowered and covered her face with her hands, for the dead king was
-emerging from the gulf of shadow beyond. The wall swung back into
-position, and the young girl, opening her eyes again, saw before her
-a two-seated throne of massive gold. The seat on the right of the dead
-majesty was unoccupied. The great crowd of Indians was bent to the dust
-in adoration, while the dirge of the quenia-players rose to the roof in
-ever-increasing volume.
-
-The two mammaconas who were to accompany Maria-Teresa to the Enchanted
-Realms of the Sun stood on each side of her, while the ten other
-priestesses, formed in two lines, passed and re-passed before her, in
-the intricate steps of a sacred dance. When they came before the Dead
-One’s throne, they fell to their knees, then rose again, chanting: “This
-is Huayna Capac, King of kings, son of the great Tapac Inca Yupanqui.
-He has come by the Corridors of Night to claim the new Coya offered
-by the Inca people to his son Atahualpa.” Then they moved backwards,
-crossing and re-crossing, swaying their black veils. Twelve times they
-repeated this movement, and each time the chant grew louder, while the
-purl of the quenias swelled and broadened.
-
-Maria-Teresa, holding Christobal closely to her, stared fixedly at
-Huayna Capac, and the Dead One seemed to stare back at her. He also wore
-the bat-skin robe made for the Corridors of Night, but beneath it could
-be seen the royal mantle and the golden sandals. His face, calm and
-severe, majestic in its still beauty, nearly had the hues of life; it
-was framed in masses of coal-black hair, crowned with the royal borla in
-which quivered the plumes of the coraquenque. Under the half-closed lids
-the eyes seemed living. The dead king was seated naturally, his hands
-resting on his knees, and so life-like was his whole attitude that to
-Maria-Teresa’s horrified eyes he seemed to be breathing. Only little
-Christobal heard her half-strangled cry, for the mammaconas were
-repeating their chant for the twelfth time, and with the piercing note
-of the quenias, deadened all other sound in the House of the Serpent.
-
-Down below there, the mob of Indians was swaying, swaying gently from
-right to left, in imitation of the rhythmic movements of the three
-Guardians of the Temple. Maria-Teresa kept her eyes fixed on the dead
-king, not only because he was just opposite her and, half fascinated,
-she could not do otherwise, but also because she did not wish to look at
-the Red Ponchos. She felt that if her eyes were allowed to wander for an
-instant, they would fatally betray the four.
-
-Maria-Teresa was now as if half buried in the idea of death; she felt as
-if the earth had already claimed her, only leaving her head free for a
-little longer. She was becoming gradually hypnotized by the motionless
-monarch, while the fanatical crowd about her wondered, awestruck.
-
-Huascar raised his arm, two fingers of his right hand imposing immediate
-and absolute silence. The Guardians of the Temple drew near, pointing
-towards the vacant seat on the golden throne. Two mammaconas lifted up
-Maria-Teresa, carried her to it, and placed her beside Huayna Capac,
-son of the great Tapac Inca Yupanqui. Then the double throne was turned
-until it faced the assembly and the Red Ponchos.
-
-Maria-Teresa closed her eyes, shivering at the thought of the
-corpse beside her. She dared not open them, realizing with horrible
-distinctness that if she did she must try to run down to Dick, or call
-out something that would betray them. Though her eyes were closed, and
-she outwardly seemed as dead as the mummy beside her, Maria-Teresa knew
-what was happening. Little Christobal, peeping over the curve of his
-sister’s arms, was watching everything, and a whisper, so low that
-she hardly felt the breath rising along her bare neck, said: “Dick
-has lifted his head.... Papa is looking at us... we must not move.”
- Maria-Teresa pressed her trembling fingers on the child’s lips, and he
-was silent.
-
-So they were there. Her tired brain, working, working, wondered what
-they were going to do. It was horrible to know them there, hidden and
-helpless. For if they had not been helpless, they would not be hidden,
-they would have come with police and soldiers. Could it be that the
-Indians were masters of the country now? Then she thought of the
-revolution, of Garcia, who had once loved her. Why had they not gone to
-him? At a word, he would have come with his whole army. And they, hidden
-under their red ponchos, what could they do? What was their plan?
-
-The mammaconas were chanting:--
-
-“Earthquakes shook the world. The moon was girt with rings of many
-colors. Thunder fell on the royal palace, and reduced it to ashes. An
-eagle, hard pursued by falcons, circled over the great square of the
-city, filling the heavens with his cries. Pierced by the talons of his
-foes, he fell dead at the feet of the noblest among the Incas.”
-
-At these words, recalling the defeat and death of their last ruler,
-all bent their heads, groaning, and the breath of the quenia players
-trembled in the dead men’s bones. Huascar had also bent to the ground;
-then he raised his forehead and his eyes met those of Maria-Teresa. She
-shivered, and when he moved toward her, she thought her last hour had
-come. She had been able to appeal to the mercy of the crowd, but she
-could not call to this man, whose look showed that he loved her. She
-closed her eyes.
-
-Huascar’s voice reached her, slow, cadenced, and monotonous.
-
-“Coya, thou belongest to Huayna Capac, the great King who will take thee
-to the House of the Sons of the Sun. We leave thee alone with him. He
-will lead thee through the Corridors of Night, which no living man must
-know, and in the temple will seat thee among the Hundred Wives. Thou
-must obey him, thou must rise only if he rises! Thou must obey. And
-remember that the serpent watches in the House of the Serpent.”
-
-He withdrew, still facing her, with the three Guardians of the Temple,
-while the great crowd below flowed silently through the three doors.
-
-All the mammaconas followed, drawing their black veils over their faces,
-like widows leaving a cemetery. Even the two who were also to die left
-her, first bending to kiss her feet, peeping shoeless from under the
-bat-skin robe.
-
-Darkness was rapidly gaining the hall. Why were they leaving her alone
-there? What was this horror which even they dared not see? She must not
-rise unless he rose. Would this dead thing come to life, then, take
-her by the hand, and lead her into the eternal night? What of the Red
-Ponchos? She looked. They were still there, prostrate at the foot of the
-steps. The Guards of the Sacrifice, she had heard them called. They were
-stopping! A surge of joy filled her heart She felt less afraid now.
-
-The Guardians of the Temple had left. Huascar had left.
-
-Would the Red Ponchos follow? No, they did not move. She was watching
-them now, with her whole soul. They were still there, motionless, ready
-to spring to her rescue when the hall was empty, ready to carry her to
-the horses that must be waiting. The Dead One at all events could do
-nothing to prevent it.
-
-There were only twenty Indians left in the hall now... only five...
-four... three.... They turned slowly at the doorway to look at her
-again... She sat motionless, rigid.... She must not move unless the Dead
-One moved.... Only the four Red Ponchos remained....
-
-She half screamed.... They also had risen, pacing slowly toward the
-doors.
-
-It could not be! They could not be deserting her! But they were going
-away like the others, without looking in her direction. No, she must
-not scream... she must wait patiently... wait for a sign. Still walking
-slowly, three of them had gone to the three doors, but the fourth, Dick,
-turned suddenly, his finger on his lips.
-
-Forgetting Huascar’s words, Maria-Teresa half rose in her seat. There
-was a revolver in Dick’s fist now, and her father had vanished through
-one of the doors, looking to make sure that the courtyard was deserted.
-Then his voice gave the signal:--“Recuerda!” (Remember!) Dick dashed
-up the porphyry steps, Don Christobal following, while the two others
-remained at the doors.
-
-“Come, Maria-Teresa! Quick!”
-
-Dick stretched out his hands to take little Christobal, and Maria-Teresa
-had risen, when a terrible whistling sound filled the hall, and the two
-prisoners, shrieking, were hurled back into the seat by the monstrous
-folds of a huge serpent which seemed to spring into life about them,
-binding them down to the throne of Death. The serpent of the House of
-the Serpent had come to claim his prey.
-
-Raising his revolver, Dick thundered at the hideous head towering
-above them, whistling with wide-open jaws, and tore at the coils which
-imprisoned his fiancée. His hands fell, not on living flesh, but on
-hard, cold metal; copper rings which ground one against the other,
-overlapped, and drew tighter. It was in vain that he and Don Christobal
-tore at them with furious hands.
-
-“Look out! They are coming!” shouted Natividad from the doorway, and the
-hall was invaded by Indians, while the Serpent shrieked stridently, and
-a thousand rattles seemed to sound the alarm. The Marquis still tore at
-the coils that were choking his children, but Dick, hesitating a moment,
-dashed down the stairs. In a twinkling, the hall was full of Indians,
-priests, caciques, mammaconas, scores of Quichua soldiers from the train
-of Oviedo Runtu, who alone remained invisible.
-
-Huascar appeared, still calm and immovable, as if this scene did not
-surprise him, as if nothing could surprise him. Had he known beforehand
-what was to have happened, he could not have given his orders more
-deliberately. Don Christobal, Natividad, and Uncle Francis were tied up
-in a trice, the latter at last alarmed by the brutality of his captors.
-Dick had disappeared.
-
-“Take them away,” ordered Huascar.
-
-Don Christobal struggled, turned and looked once again. “Maria-Teresa!
-Christobal!” Then he too was hurried away.
-
-Meanwhile Huascar, more and more somber, directed the search for Dick.
-They hunted in vain; he had disappeared like a drop of water in the sea.
-Finally, Huascar gave the order to clear the hall again.
-
-Left alone with the Guardians of the Temple, who stood caressing the
-serpent’s folds with their hideous little hands, the high-priest went
-behind the throne. In a moment, the brazen monster was silent, loosened
-its grip, and shrank link by link, until it vanished whence it had come.
-
-Going to the wall, Huascar placed his hand on the coraquenque, and the
-massive stones rolled back; the throne shook, slipped backwards, and
-vanished down the Corridors of Night, taking with it the dead King,
-Maria-Teresa and little Christobal, both unconscious. The wall closed
-upon them, hiding again the secrets which only those who are ready to
-die may know.
-
-The Guardians of the Temple bent their monstrous heads in obeisance
-before Huascar, and in their turn went out Huascar, last High-Priest of
-the Incas, was alone in the House of the Serpent Slowly going to the top
-of the porphyry steps, he sat down. His head dropped between his hands,
-and there he remained till dawn.
-
-
-
-
-IV
-
-Dick, clear of the House of the Serpent by what was little short of a
-miracle, crouched down in a niche of the palace wall, hewn out by some
-dead Inca hand, and there waited for Huascar throughout the night,
-watching the door at which he must appear. He was careless of the
-danger he ran, and his very boldness saved him. Not one of the passing
-Quichuas, dignitaries of the Interaymi, dreamed for an instant that
-the poor Indian wrapped in his poncho, and apparently asleep, was the
-sacrilegious stranger who had slipped from their clutches. The darkness,
-too, favored him, as it had favored his daring escape; he had merely
-turned his red poncho inside out, so that it looked like any other
-poncho, and had joined the howling crowd, stopping in it until Huascar’s
-order had cleared the hall.
-
-Argue the matter as he would, the young man saw no hope. Garcia’s
-victory over the Federal troops at Cuzco had given the district into
-the hands of the Indians. The Spanish population, only an eighth of the
-50,000 souls in the ancient city, had fled. Never since the Spanish Con
-quest had the Quichuas so completely been the masters. Garcia himself
-had prudently left the town, waiting for the end of the Interaymi;
-and the few troops he had left behind him were heart and soul with the
-native population, from which they had been levied, and with which they
-shared customs, faith and fetichism. In a word, the Cuzco was as much
-the home of the Incas as it had been in the heyday of their despotic
-rulers.
-
-When Dick and his companions had reached the outskirts of the city they
-had hidden their motor in a half-deserted country inn, bribing the
-landlord. They had at once realized that force was out of the question.
-Happily, there remained Garcia’s money. The landlord, a poor half-breed
-who asked no better than to become rich, had listened readily, and the
-offer of a small fortune had set him off looking for Red Ponchos willing
-to betray Huascar.
-
-He found four, the very men who were to be the Guards of the Sacrifice,
-in the House of the Serpent. When these men had explained their
-functions, the four Europeans could hardly believe their good fortune.
-Dick and Don Christobal were so absorbed by the idea of getting
-through to the prisoners somehow, that they did not stop to think how
-suspiciously easy their task had been. Uncle Francis, a witness of
-the bargain, was for once not altogether wrong when he shrugged his
-shoulders at their childish scheme to “take him in.”
-
-The Red Ponchos agreed to everything, and the price was fixed, and they
-received half-payment. The remainder was to be handed over when the
-Marquis’ children were free. The traitors promised to help them escape
-from the sacred precincts, and moreover brought them their disguises.
-
-Uncle Francis, chuckling covertly, accepted the part assigned to him
-with such readiness, showed such quiet courage in his attitude, that he
-reconquered at one stroke the lost esteem of both the Marquis and his
-nephew. Natividad, ever ready to believe anything to the discredit of an
-Indian, and knowing from experience how easily they were to be bought,
-was quite confident in the success of the expedition.
-
-Thoroughly fooled by Huascar, they had walked into the trap, and only
-amazing luck had saved one of them. Where were the others now? Where was
-the dungeon that held them, and what was to be their fate?
-
-Dick was waiting in the dark street before the palace, determined to
-shoot Huascar when he saw him. All night through, nobody came out of the
-House of the Serpent. At dawn, the young engineer suddenly felt a hand
-on his arm, and, looking up, recognized the old man to whom he had
-spoken at Arequipa, the father of Maria Cristina de Orellana.
-
-“Why do you stop here?” asked the stranger. “You won’t see the
-procession if you do. Follow me, and I’ll show you my daughter coming
-out of the Corridor of Night.”
-
-Dick stared at him. Groups of Indians were passing, all heading in the
-same direction. The old man spoke again.
-
-“You may as well go with them. They are all off to see the procession of
-the Bride of the Sun.”
-
-Dick followed him mechanically. Why not, after all? He was nearly mad
-himself. Why should a madman not be his guide? As they walked, Orellana
-babbled on tonelessly.
-
-“I know you well. You want to see the Bride of the Sun. I see you
-have even disguised yourself as an Indian to do so. Not in the least
-necessary, I assure you. You’ll see her, right enough, if you come with
-me. I know Cusco, below ground and above ground, better than any living
-man. I have lived in their secret passages for ten years. When I am not
-under ground, I guide strangers through the city, and show them where
-the Bride of the Sun used to pass on her way to the Temple of Death.
-You know that, of course? It’s the same as the Temple of the Sun, only
-underneath. I’ll show it you, for it’s worth seeing.
-
-“Fine fêtes this year, señor. Last time, they had to hide themselves
-in the Corridors of Night, but to-day they are masters both above and
-below, and that dead king of theirs, Huayna Capac, will see daylight
-again. They’ll take him all through the city, as they used to do. If you
-don’t know that, you haven’t been keeping your ears open.
-
-“Where are your friends? I could have shown it to them as well. And
-I don’t charge much; a few centavos keep me going for weeks. All the
-innkeepers know me, and send for Orellana when they have visitors. I
-know you all quite well. I saw you at Mollendo, then at Arequipa, and
-now here you are again outside the House of the Serpent. That’s where
-they always go first. Yes, that’s the way they brought Maria Cristina
-ten years ago. She was the prettiest girl in Lima, so they chose her
-for their god. I didn’t know then, but this time they won’t have their
-way quite so easily. When I saw the Interaymi come round again, I said
-to myself: ‘Orellana, you must get ready for them.’ And I’m ready for
-them, never fear!”
-
-Thus they crossed the whole city. Dick, walking like a man in a dream,
-following to the next station in the martyrdom of his sweetheart, paid
-no heed to the wonderful ruins on all sides of him, the mighty buildings
-piled rock on rock by demi-gods, and which have not moved, nor will move
-until the earth dies, long after the winds of heaven and the quivering
-of the mountains have stamped flat the miserable huts left by the
-Conquistadors.
-
-They left the city behind them and Orellana, taking Dick by the hand,
-like a little child, made him climb the mount which the Quichuas call
-the Hill of the Dancing Monkey. Its gigantic summit, hewn into terraces,
-galleries and giant stairways by long-dead craftsmen, was already
-crowned with Indians. All eyes were turned toward that other miracle
-of Inca work which is Sacsay-Huaynam, a hill of stone fashioned into a
-Cyclopean fortress, with three lines of defenses rising one above the
-other, each wall dotted with niches from which on this day, as of
-yore, armed sentries looked out over the country. On the summit of
-Sacsay-Huaynam towered the Intihuatana, or “the pillar on which the sun
-is bound.”
-
-Orellana’s broken voice explained it all to Dick, guide-like.
-
-“This pillar, señor, was used by the Incas to measure time. A religious
-stone, erected to mark the exact period of the equinoxes. That is why
-they call it Intihuatana; it means where the sun is bound.’ Look over
-there! You can see the procession starting.... Don’t you understand?
-The Corridors of Night run right under the city, from the House of the
-Serpent to Sacsay-Huaynam. When my daughter comes out, they will take
-her round the hill, and round the Intihuatana. Then, when the Sun has
-been freed by the High-Priest, the procession will come down to the
-gates of the city.”
-
-Dick could now clearly see the procession forming up on the walls, and
-even distinguished Huascar at its head, giving orders. Leaving Orellana,
-he hurried toward Sacsay-Huaynam, getting as near as the press of
-Indians would allow. He could now see that the solstice pillar, placed
-in the center of a circle, was loaded with festoons of flowers and
-fruit, while on its summit stood a golden throne. The throne of the Sun,
-vanished centuries before, had been brought out from the Corridors of
-Night and replaced there before the dawn.
-
-There was silence on Sacsay-Huaynam; a few priests were grouped round
-the Pillar, waiting for the hour of noon. Then Huascar appeared, clad in
-golden vestments. Facing the throne of the Sun, the High-Priest waited
-a few seconds, turned and cried aloud in Aïmara a phrase which was
-taken up on all sides in Quichua and Spanish:--“The god is seated on the
-Column in all his light!” Then he struck his hands together, giving the
-signal for all to march; the god, having visited his people, had been
-freed, and continued his voyage through the heavens. The faithful
-followed him on earth, from east to west.
-
-The sacred procession sprang into life, led by Huascar. First came a
-hundred servitors of the god, simply dressed, whose task it was to
-clear the way, chanting paeans of triumph. After them, a group of men
-in chequer-board tunics of red-and-white, whom the populace greeted with
-shouts of “The amautas! The amautas!” (the sages). Then others all in
-white, bearing hammers and maces of silver and copper, who were
-the apparitors of the royal palace; the guards and the Inca’s body
-attendants, their azure robes blazing with precious metals; finally, the
-nobles, with heavy ear-rings marking their rank. The procession wound
-slowly down from Sacsay-Huaynam to the plain, and then the double
-throne, borne on the shoulders of the noblest among the Indians,
-appeared to the multitude. Thousands of throats greeted the dead
-king and his living companion; a roar of mingled enthusiasm for
-the descendant of Manco Capac, and hatred for the conquering race,
-translated by deafening shouts of “Muera la Coya! Muera la Coya!”
-
-Maria-Teresa seemed to hear nothing; pale as marble and beautiful as
-a statue, she passed unheeding, little Christobal still in her arms.
-Instead of the bat-skin robes, they now wore vicuna tunics, sheer as
-silk. Behind them walked the two mammaconas who were to die, their faces
-veiled with black; the other women and the three Guardians of the Temple
-had disappeared. The cortège was brought up by a company of Quichua
-soldiers in modern uniform, rifle on shoulder, tramping to the lilt of
-the quenia-players, who closed the march.
-
-The contrast between this antique procession and that fragment of a
-modern army was more than curious. Uncle Francis, the only one who could
-have really appreciated it under the circumstances, was not there. As
-to Dick, he was watching Maria-Teresa with the fixed gaze of a madman.
-Strive as he would, he could get no nearer, and so backed out of the
-press to run toward the gates of the city, where he hoped to fight his
-way to the front ranks.
-
-On the last steps of the Hill of the Dancing Monkey he was immobilized
-by the press of people and forced to look with them to the summit of
-Sacsay-Huaynam, where, on the top of the highest tower, had appeared the
-scarlet figure of a priest, sharp-cut against the azure of the sky.
-
-Dick at once recognized the Preacher of Cajamarca, and voices around him
-further explained that this was the chief officer of the quipucamyas,
-or Keepers of the Historical Word. His voice, sweeping down from
-Sacsay-Huaynam, checked the advance of the procession, chanted the glory
-of by-gone days.
-
-Ringing clear and impassioned, it recalled the day when the Stranger and
-his diabolical train had first entered those plains after the death of
-Atahualpa. As to-day, the Sun blazed over the Imperial City, then full
-of altars sacred to his cult. Then, innumerable buildings, which the
-conqueror was to leave in ruins, traced white streets in the heart
-of the valley, and clustered on the lower slopes of the hills. In the
-conqueror’s train was Manco, descendant of kings, in whose name he gave
-orders and was obeyed. On that day, when the sun went down behind the
-Cordilleras, it might well have been thought that the Empire of the
-Incas had ceased to exist.
-
-“But it still lives!” thundered the voice. “The Sun still shines on
-his children; the Andes, cradle of our race, still tower to the skies;
-Cuzco, navel of the earth, still quivers at the voice of his priests;
-Sacsay-Huaynam and the Intihuatana are still standing; the procession of
-the Interaymi still starts from these sacred walls!”
-
-At these words, the procession moved on again, and had it not been for
-the anachronism of the riflemen bringing up the rear, one could almost
-have believed that five hundred years had brought no change in the
-plains of the Cuzco.
-
-Dick, finally free to move on, was despairing of ever getting nearer to
-Maria-Teresa when he met Orellana again.
-
-“What are you looking for?” asked the old man. “A place to see from?
-Then come with me, and I’ll show you my daughter. I know Cuzco better
-than the Incas themselves. Come with me.”
-
-Once again Dick allowed the madman to be his guide. They reentered
-the city by way of the Huatanay ravine, spanned to this day by the
-Conquistadors’ bridges, and entered a maze of side-streets free
-from the crowd. Skirting the prodigious Hatun Rumioc, or
-wall-which-is-of-one-rock, they passed Calcaurpata, which tradition
-makes the palace of Manco Capac himself, first King of the Incas and
-founder of Cuzco; then they turned toward the Plaza Principale, called
-Huàcaypata by the Quichuas of to-day as by the Incas of yore. To reach
-it, Orellana took Dick through the ruined palace of the Virgins of the
-Sun, detailing, as he went, the uses and names of the various rooms. The
-young man’s impatient interruptions left him quite unmoved.
-
-“We have plenty of time. You shall see my daughter from so near that you
-could speak to her. Stop a minute, and listen to the quenias.
-The head of the procession has no more than reached San Domingo. That
-church, curiously enough, was built on the very foundations of the
-Temple of the Sun.... I have never met a visitor less curious than you
-are.... This is the cloister of the Virgins of the Sun.... It has always
-been the home of virtue and piety, for the Christians turned it into a
-convent under the auspices of Santa Catarina.”
-
-Dick, unable to stand the guide’s jargon any longer, began to run toward
-the noise of the advancing procession.
-
-“You might pay me!” shouted Orellana in his wake. “Pay me what you owe
-me!” and stooped to pick up the centavos which the young engineer threw
-on the ground.
-
-Nearing the plaza principale, Dick again found his way blocked by the
-crowd, and forgot his anger in the relief of finding a friend when
-Orellana tugged at his poncho again.
-
-“You might as well stop with me,” urged the old man. “Hurrying won’t
-help you. I know a little tiny Corridor of Night that will lead us
-to the Sun, right to the top stone of one of those temples.... It’s a
-temple dedicated to Venus.... They call her Chasca, or the young man
-with the long and curly locks, and he’s supposed to be the page of the
-Sun. Come with me.” Orellana had taken Dick by the hand, and led him to
-a cellar, in which they found the foot of a narrow staircase. Once at
-the top of it, they were, as the old man had promised, on the summit
-of a ruined temple, dominating the crowded square below and the streets
-radiating to it like the spokes of a wheel to the huh. Around them were
-other ruins; temples sacred to the moon, to the “armies of the heavens,”
- which are the stars, to the rainbow, lightning and thunder... walls
-which still defied the elements, though the temples were now shops,
-work-rooms or stables.
-
-The head of the procession had appeared, the hundred servitors of the
-god pressing back the crowd, and slowly wound its way round the square.
-Then the golden litter came into sight and Huayna Capac, for the first
-time in centuries, came to the center of the world, the Umbilicus of
-which he had been lord and master. All heads were bowed before this
-sovereign shadow and the memory of ancient glories once again brought
-to life. The crowd even forgot for the moment its hatred of the stranger
-woman, the motionless Coya with the stranger child in her arms.
-
-The double throne was brought to the center of the square, and the crowd
-rose with clamoring voices. Around the litter, the caciques and the
-chiefs, the nobles and the amautas, who are the sages, joined hands and
-began to circle, dancing as they danced of yore, when each man held a
-link of the golden chain and danced the Dance of the Chain. Hands made
-the links to-day, for when the Strangers slew Atahualpa, the nobles
-of the Cuzco threw that chain, which otherwise would have gone to the
-King’s ransom, into the deepest water of Lake Titicaca.
-
-“Recuerda!”
-
-Suddenly, as if from the heavens, this cry checked the rhythm of the
-Dance of the Chain. Maria-Teresa started on her throne, remembering the
-signal in the House of the Serpent. The child in her arms also lifted
-its head, and their eyes questioned the blue vault above from which this
-word of hope had fallen.
-
-“That was Dick’s voice, Maria-Teresa! I told you he would come to save
-us!”
-
-The girl’s eyes explored the towering walls about her, black with
-Indians. How could she recognize him in that crowd? Where was he? Again
-the voice rang out over their heads, so loud that it could be heard by
-the most distant unit of the crowd.
-
-“Recuerda!”
-
-Every head was turned upwards, and a threatening murmur rose from that
-human mass, torn from its dream of renascence and liberty by a single
-Spanish word. Recuerda! What must they remember? That they were slaves?
-That these fêtes, striving to recall an abolished past, could only
-last the space of a day? That the sun of to-morrow, forgetting that of
-to-day, would only shine anew on their servitude?
-
-Maria-Teresa started up from the golden throne with the child in her
-arms, brought to life and action again by the beloved voice.
-
-Looking higher, they at last saw, on the highest stone in the azure,
-a pigmy figure holding out its arms to the Coya, and crying,
-“Maria-Teresa! Maria-Teresa!”
-
-“Dick!”
-
-Then all understood that on high there was a stranger, one of the hated
-race, come to rob them of the soul of their Coya.
-
-
-
-
-V
-
-Pandemonium reigned in the square. This was sacrilege unspeakable! Did
-not the Coya already belong to the gods! Muera la Coya! Death to the
-stranger! There was a huge rush, a scramble of raging Indians along
-parapets, over rocks and the ruins of temples, while the golden litter
-was hurried away by the Guards of the Sacrifice and the amautas.
-Maria-Teresa closed her eyes, carrying to the tomb that supreme farewell
-which was perhaps to cost Dick his life.
-
-“You must be mad,” said the madman Orellana, when he saw Dick lean over
-and call to Maria-Teresa, and when she answered, asked almost angrily:
-“How did you come to know my daughter?”
-
-The roar of the angry crowd surged up to them, surrounded them, and drew
-nearer. It was with the greatest difficulty that Orellana shook Dick out
-of his strange torpor, dragged him through the gap from which they
-had emerged, and finally to the labyrinth below the Temple. Apparently
-familiar with every twist and turning of the place, he led him through
-a mile of passages, their darkness relieved here and there by
-round, square or triangular patches of light sifting down between
-thousand-year-old stones from the world above. Occasionally he stopped
-to tell Dick what temple, what palace, they were passing under.
-
-“Yaca-Huasi, which they also call the House of the Serpent, is over our
-heads now.”
-
-“Perhaps they have taken her there!”
-
-“No, no! That’s against all the rules. The Temple of Death is the next
-place.”
-
-“Where are we going to? Where are you taking me?”
-
-“To the Temple of Death, of course!”
-
-Dick followed him without another word, but expressed his surprise when
-they emerged into the open country.
-
-“Where is the Temple, then?” he asked.
-
-“On the Island of Titicaca. You needn’t be afraid. We shall get there
-before them.”
-
-They hired horses at a wayside inn and rode to Sicuani. Here they took a
-train which, turning onto a branch line at Juliaca, then ran to Puno,
-on the shores of Lake Titicaca. On the way, Orellana babbled ceaselessly
-about the country through which they were passing and the ceremony they
-were to witness.
-
-No stranger has ever seen it. But he, Orellana, asked nobody’s
-permission, and since his daughter was to be wedded to the Sun, it
-was the least of things that he should be present at the marriage, and
-particularly as he had planned it all so carefully! It had taken him
-years to find the Temple of Death, but with patience all things could be
-done. There was not one dried-up river-bed underground, not a deserted
-goldmine which he did not know so well that he could find his way about
-it with his eyes shut.
-
-And what fortunes he had discovered under the earth; a fortune equal
-to all the fortunes on earth! It was obvious that the Incas must have
-got their gold somewhere. Well, he had discovered where! There was
-plenty of it left, plenty of it left!... One day, some clever young
-engineer would find out, and he would only have to stoop to be as rich
-as Croesus. (A bitter smile from the young engineer, whose thoughts were
-far from such things.)... But he, Orellana, did not give a fig for all
-the gold in creation.
-
-He loved only his daughter, whom the Indians had taken to the Temple of
-Death, and it was only the Temple of Death which he had sought.
-
-It had taken him years, but now everything was; ready and he was going
-to save her. He had waited long enough to kiss her again! Ten whole
-years!
-
-So the old man wandered on, while Dick listened eagerly, striving to
-guess how much was truth, and how much madness.
-
-“But how do they get from Cuzco to the Temple of Death?”
-
-“Don’t you worry about that.... By the Corridors of Night, by the
-Corridors of the Mountains of Night, by the Corridors of the Lake of
-Night.... By the way, do you know anything about fishing?”
-
-Dick did not have time to answer this extraordinary question, for the
-guard had come through to their carriage, and was inviting them to the
-luggage-van to see the samacuena danced. Everybody else seemed to
-be going there, and they accepted so as not to draw attention to
-themselves. They found the van peopled with Indians, dancing, playing
-the guitar, and drinking hard. At each step, the guard, to celebrate
-Garcia’s victories, fired a volley of cohetes, the mountains throwing
-back the echo of the explosions.
-
-Then some of the Quichua soldiers in the train gave themselves up to the
-pleasures of the chase. Spying flocks of vicuñas in the hills, they went
-to the observation-car and tried their luck. One of them, something of
-a marksman, brought down a vicuña, the train stopped with a grinding of
-brakes, and the guard himself went off to retrieve the bag.
-
-Dick, wild with impatience, would have liked to club the engine driver
-and take charge of the locomotive himself, but Orellana calmed him down.
-
-“We’re sure to get there before them. You’ll see! Why, we shall even
-have time to do some fishing!”
-
-Leaving their fellow-travelers to cut up the vicuña, they returned
-to their carriage, where the stove had been lighted. It had become
-intensely cold, for they were now in the snow regions, more than
-fourteen thousand feet above sea-level. Soroche, or mountain fever,
-threw the young engineer, and after bleeding violently at the nose, he
-fell into a semi-comatose condition. He did not recover until Punho,
-when he again remembered the horrible nightmare through which he was
-living, and savagely demanded to be shown the way to the Temple of
-Death.
-
-“We’re going there,” replied his strange guide, but first took him to
-the main square, where about a hundred Indian girls, wearing skirts of a
-dark material and the low-cut bodices of their race, squatted in orderly
-rows, selling fruits and vegetables dried in the cold.
-
-“There are usually two hundred of them,” explained Orellana, “but the
-Red Ponchos have been this way and chosen the best-looking half for the
-ceremony. It’s the same thing every ten years.”
-
-He made a few purchases with Dick’s money, and after adding a flask
-of pisco to his stores, led the way out of the city. At nightfall they
-reached a huge marsh, alive with water-fowl. Next they crossed a heath,
-llamas and alpacas fleeing at their approach, and finally came to a
-dismal little bay on the shores of the lake.
-
-Titicaca, in its mountain cradle, is the highest lake in the world.
-That night, its waters looked somber and heavy, almost dead. A storm,
-growling in the distance, soon swept down on them with a howl of rain,
-the waves dashing up the beach mountain-high, and the lightning touching
-the surrounding peaks with fire.
-
-“Splendid, splendid,” muttered Orellana as the storm broke. “That
-means fine weather for to-morrow. In the meantime, we may as well have
-supper.”
-
-He had led the young man under a giant monolith, hewn to the shape of a
-door. In a niche of it, Orellana managed to light a dung-cake fire, and
-here they ate a little and warmed themselves with generous pulls at the
-pisco flask. Dick at last fell asleep, while the old man covered him
-with a horse blanket and paternally watched over his slumbers.
-
-Just before dawn, Dick awoke to find Orellana reminiscent.
-
-“This place has always brought me luck since I started to look for my
-daughter, but I cannot make out who to thank for it. Do _you_ know who
-this god is?”
-
-He pointed to the bas-reliefs which covered the stone. They represented
-a human being, the head adorned with allegorical rays, and each hand
-holding a different scepter. Around this being were symmetrically ranged
-other figures, some with human faces, others with the heads of condors,
-all holding scepters, and all facing toward the center.
-
-“There’s no doubt about it,” mused Orellana aloud. “This is nothing like
-the Incas’ work. It is much more sculptural, and much older. There must
-have been worlds on these shores before the advent of the Incas. They’re
-only savages who steal children.... Well, come on. We may as well go out
-in my boat and meet the sun.”
-
-In a little creek, half hidden by rushes, they found a cane pirogue, in
-which Orellana had soon hoisted a mast and a mat sail.
-
-“Come on,” he said, “we’ll do some fishing. It’s all on the way to the
-Temple of Death.”
-
-Dick followed him into the fragile craft, and they started for the
-islands. These came into sight late in the afternoon, a blue blur on
-the horizon. To Dick’s fevered imagination, they seemed like threatening
-shadows on the face of the waters, ghostly guardians of the Temple of
-Death.
-
-Orellana refused to go any nearer that night, hauled down the sail, and
-threw overboard a heavy stone to anchor his boat. Then he handed Dick a
-fishing-rod. At his astonished look, the madman replied:
-
-“People come to the islands to fish, because these waters are blessed
-by the gods and the catches are better than anywhere else. Can’t you do
-what everybody else does?”
-
-He pointed across the waters to little lights flaring up at the bows of
-other pirogues, in which sat motionless fishermen.
-
-“All those Indians are fishing,” he said. “You may as well join them. If
-you can’t, go to sleep, and don’t worry us. You’ll see something worth
-while when you wake up.”
-
-Orellana woke Dick just before dawn. The last stars were paling in
-the heavens at the approach of their King. The deep waters of the lake
-showed uniformly gray, not a light and not a shadow upon them. Not a
-sound to break stillness, not a breath of wind in the air. Suddenly, in
-the Orient, the mountain peaks were touched with fire, a giant furnace
-sprang into being behind the torn curtain of the Cordilleras, and the
-sun painted scarlet splashes into the shadows of the sacred islands.
-
-When they pass before the largest of them, which is Titicaca, the Indian
-fishermen in their fragile pirogues never fail to chant the Aïmara Hymn
-of the Ancestors, for it was from this island, untold years ago, that
-sprang the founders of the Inca race in the persons of Manco Capac and
-Mama Cello, husband and wife, brother and sister, both children of the
-Sun. Coming in sight of the island, the traveler perceives giant ruins
-and great masses of rock piled up in an inexplicable manner, so strange
-that science has not yet been able to give them a date. These are the
-baths, the palaces and temples of the first Incas.
-
-Dick, staring landwards from the pirogue, hardly knew whether he was
-awake or dreaming. Was this a hallucination born of the terrors of the
-week, or did his eyes really reveal what other eyes had first adored
-centuries before, at the dawn of the Inca world? As the shadows of
-night drew away and the island stood out above the waters in all its
-terrestrial grandeur, he did not merely see dead stones, lifeless
-temples, and deserted palaces; the Cyclopean whole was peopled by a vast
-throng, motionless and silent, its myriad faces turned to the flaming
-Orient. This immobility and silence were those of a dream; there were
-thousands there who seemed to live and breathe only in the expectation
-of some mysterious and sacred event.
-
-The disc of the sun was still hidden behind the Andes, but all Nature
-heralded its approach; the flanks of the mountains were jeweled with a
-thousand dazzling stones, brooks and torrents were afire, and the broad
-bosom of the lake was a roseate mirror bearing the still reflections
-of palaces and temples. Virgins, bearing, as of old, the most beautiful
-flowers of the season and the emblems of their religion, peopled the
-porticoes. At the summits of towers, luminous with the dawn, priests
-waited for their god to show his face.
-
-Suddenly, he appears... he rises... he blazes down on his empire, and
-is hailed by a great roar. “Hail, O Sun, King of the Heavens, father
-of men!” Earth trembles, waters shiver, the heavens even quiver at the
-call. “Hail, O Sun, father of the Inca!” Arms are stretched toward him,
-hands heavy with offerings implore his intercession, and every voice
-chants his glory. “Hear thy children! Hail, O Sun!”
-
-Cries and songs of triumph are swelled by the clamor of barbaric
-instruments, and the tumult grows as the radiant disc climbs higher in
-the heavens, bathing the multitude in light.
-
-Sun, behold thy Empire! After so many centuries, the faithful, the men
-who labor in valley and mountain, are still here, and still do thee
-obeisance. The golden-armed virgins have poured libations from the
-sacred vases, and the hymns of the priests, after having risen to the
-heavens, now seem to plunge into the earth.
-
-What is this miracle? The dream has vanished; vanished as do the light
-mists of morning before the first rays of the sun.
-
-
-
-
-BOOK VI--THE TEMPLE OF DEATH
-
-
-
-
-I
-
-Dick rubbed his eyes. What had become of that crowd? Who had hailed the
-god of Day? Now that the sun was high on the horizon, and that things
-had taken on their true shapes again, he could see only ruined palaces
-and solitude.
-
-Orellana had driven his pirogue to the shore, and jumped onto the
-beach, signing to the young man to follow. As they neared the cliffs, he
-stopped him; the pious throng had vanished, but not in a dream, for the
-sound of chanting could still be heard from within the rock.
-
-“Come with me,” said the old man. “They have gone to the Temple of
-Death, but we shall be there before them.”
-
-They entered a grotto. Dick had no will but Orellana’s, and no hope.
-He was convinced that Maria-Teresa must die, and regarded that last
-greeting of theirs as the supreme one. Once certain that she had passed
-to the realms of night, he would follow her there. He had been told she
-was to end her life in the Temple of Death, and this old man, who ten
-years before had lost his daughter in the same way, said he knew where
-it was. Well, he would follow him.
-
-The grotto was a deep one. After walking for a few seconds over sand
-and shells, the old man lit a resinous torch, and the spluttering flame
-showed the dark entrance of a passage. Before entering it, however, he
-bent down in a corner and picked something up. Dick saw that it was a
-pick.
-
-“What are you going to do with that?”
-
-“Save my daughter, of course! Just come with me, and I’ll show you. I
-shan’t let those devils choke her as they did ten years ago. They wall
-them up alive, you see. All we need do is to wait until they have
-gone, and then take her out again. Clear enough, isn’t it?... When I
-discovered the Temple of Death and saw all the slabs on the wall, I said
-to myself: ‘It would have been easy enough to save her if I had been
-there.’ It was too late then. And of course, I didn’t know which stone
-she was behind. This time, though, I shall watch them.... We’ll get the
-best of them yet. See if we don’t!”
-
-There was hope, then! Dick took a long breath, and steadied himself.
-Madmen with their set ideas are sometimes nearer the truth than sane men
-with their set reason. Dick took the pick, and followed Orellana down
-the winding passage, the torch in the old man’s trembling hand throwing
-weird lights and shadows on their path. There was not a foreign sound to
-be heard. The earth had choked all noise as it might yet choke them.
-
-Hacked through the stone, their corridor opened at intervals onto little
-square rooms, probably the burial-places of long-forgotten priests and
-dignitaries, slumbering there as their brethren of ancient Egypt slumber
-in the Pyramids. In the last of these rooms, Orellana put out the torch,
-and fell on his knees, for the narrow gut which they now entered was far
-too low for a man to stand upright in. A few yards further on, they came
-to a spacious niche, and stood up again.
-
-“We are there,” said the old man, stopping Dick.
-
-It was far less dark here, and Dick, his eyes growing used to the
-obscurity, realized that a diffused light was reaching them from
-somewhere. The shadowy outline of columns and cornices gradually took
-shape, and he realized that he was looking down from a height of several
-feet into a vast hall.
-
-“That is the Temple of Death,” said Orellana. “Listen!”
-
-From the distance came the sound of rhythmic chanting, and suddenly
-a blinding stream of light descended into the chamber before them.
-Instinctively, they threw themselves back into the darkest corner of
-their niche. Above them, at the summit of the vast subterranean hall, a
-stone had been removed, letting in the golden sunlight. In the heart of
-the vault was a kind of truncated cone, so fashioned that the sunbeams,
-sliding along its surface, were thrown into the farthest corner of the
-mysterious temple.
-
-Altars, altar-steps, and niches were heavy with gold, the plaques of the
-precious metal being bound together by a wonderful cement, to make
-which liquid gold had been used. This hidden temple was, in a word, a
-veritable goldmine.
-
-On the eastern wall was an image of the divinity, wrought in massive
-gold, and representing a human head surrounded by shafts of light. So
-the old world has also represented the sun. The heavy plaque was studded
-with emeralds and other precious stones. The rays of the rising sun fell
-full upon it, filling the whole temple with a light that seemed almost
-supernatural, and flashing back from the gold ornaments with which walls
-and vault were incrusted. Gold, in the poetic language of the country,
-is “the tears shed by the Sun,” and the Temple blazed with the precious
-metal. The cornices crowning the sanctuary walls were also of gold, and
-a frieze of gold, hammered into the stone, ran right round the hall.
-
-Dick and Orellana, from their coign of vantage, could see a number of
-chapels placed symmetrically round the great central chamber. One of
-them was sacred to the Moon, mother of the Incas. Her effigy was almost
-identical with that of the Sun, but the plaque was of silver, recalling
-the soft glow of that gentle planet. Another chapel was dedicated to the
-Armies of the Heavens, which are the stars and the brilliant court of
-the sister of the Sun; a third, to thunder and lightning, the terrible
-ministers of her wrath; yet another, to the rainbow. And in all these
-chapels, as in the temple, all that was not silver was gold, gold, gold.
-
-The young engineer’s eyes gradually took in all the details of the
-temple. First, the central altar, several steps above the floor, on
-which were golden vases brimming over with maize, incense-burners, ewers
-for the blood of the sacrifice, and a great golden knife on a tray of
-gold. Then he realized that something living was moving in the hall,
-which he had thought deserted. The Guardians of the Temple, like three
-hideous gnomes, glided from altar to altar, while the one with the
-cap skull, given the taste for blood from his earliest years by this
-deformation of the cranium, urged the others to hasten, and every little
-while went to the main altar to pat the great knife waiting there.
-Behind the altar, and rising above it, was a kind of golden pyramid,
-crowned with a golden throne. “That is for the King,” said Orellana. On
-each side of the altar, and before it, were three other pyramids. But
-they were not so high, and were not of gold. They were of wood. “The
-pyres,” explained Orellana.
-
-“The pyres! What do you mean, man?”
-
-“Steady, steady! They’re not going to burn her. She’s the Bride of the
-Sun, and they wall her up. Burn her, indeed! It’s not done, I tell you.
-Every Aïmara child knows that. Little children don’t see the Temple of
-Death unless they are to die in it, but they know that much. Burn my
-daughter, indeed! As if I would allow it! What do you think I brought
-this pick for? You do just as well not to answer. Much better remain
-silent than talk nonsense like that. If you look at the walls out there
-you’ll see a big porphyry slab between each gold panel. There are just
-a hundred of them, and behind each one is one of the Sun’s brides. If
-I only knew which tomb my daughter was in, I would have had her out a
-long time ago. But the slabs are all just alike, and there is nothing to
-help a poor father in his search. This time, though, I’m watching, and
-as soon as they’ve gone, I shall save her.”
-
-“She may be dead, smothered alive, when you get her out.” Dick, thinking
-hard while the old man babbled on in whispers, was hoping against hope.
-
-“That just shows how little you know about it. They are deep tombs, like
-cupboards, and you can sit in them. Don’t you know the Indians always
-bury people sitting? There’s air enough in there to keep her alive for
-an hour, or even two. And I shall have her out in ten minutes!”
-
-Dick stared blindly at the porphyry slabs before him.
-
-“But if there are a hundred of them in there already, there isn’t room
-for another. Are you sure?”
-
-“Of course I am. You needn’t worry, boy. The pyres are for the two
-mammaconas who go before the Bride to prepare her chamber in the
-Enchanted Realms of the Sun.”
-
-“There are three pyres, though.”
-
-“Naturally. They have to take out the oldest bride to make room for my
-daughter. Then they burn her. What else should they do?”
-
-“Burn her? Then they do burn her!”
-
-Dick had almost lost control of his mind.
-
-“The old one, you fool!” retorted Orellana testily. “Didn’t I tell
-you there were a hundred there? The Sun is given a new bride every ten
-years. Can you count, or can’t you? That makes one of them a thousand
-years old.... There’s no harm in burning a wife who is a thousand years
-old. The Sun has got tired of her by then. Doesn’t he set fire to her
-pyre himself? That proves it.... Listen. Here they come!”
-
-The chanting grew louder, and soon the priests appeared. Behind them
-walked the nobles, recognizable by the heavy ear-rings which only
-descendants of an Inca may wear; they were dressed in sleeveless red
-tunics, and each man bore a banner on which was embroidered a rainbow,
-its brilliant hues varying to mark the coat-armor of each house. Next
-came young girls of noble family, who in the old days would have become
-Virgins of the Sun, ending their lives on the altars of the deity, or
-as the wives of the Inca. They were followed by their adult brothers,
-wearing the white robes, crosses embroidered on the breast, which were
-the traditional costume of men of their caste about to enter the order
-of knighthood. After them, the curacas, chiefs of the races conquered
-by the Incas and of all the tribes which had taken the oath of fealty.
-These men wore multi-colored tunics, unadorned with gold.
-
-The cortège had advanced to the center of the temple, and suddenly,
-as the chanting ceased, all turned toward the door by which they
-had entered. A strange silence succeeded the rhythmic throbbing of
-canticles. Then a terrible scream tore the air. Dick gripped Orellana’s
-arm.
-
-“What was that?” he asked hoarsely.
-
-“Nothing to do with us. They’re sacrificing a child in the Black Chapel
-of Pacahuamac, the Pure Spirit.”
-
-
-
-
-II
-
-The devils!” Dick wrenched ont his revolver, but the old man gripped
-his wrist.
-
-“Quiet, you fool! We can’t save the child now, and if you make a sign we
-shan’t save her either. If you can’t stand it, get out!”
-
-The young engineer controlled himself.
-
-“It’s too horrible! Poor little Christobal! My God, why can’t they kill
-us all and have done with it!”
-
-“You should be ashamed of yourself, talking like that,” said the madman.
-“When a man has nerves like a woman he shouldn’t come to the Temple of
-Death.”
-
-After that one terrible cry, all was silence again. Nobles, virgins,
-young men and curacas continued their slow progress round the Temple.
-Behind them entered the amautas, sages who teach the children of the
-Incas; the Red Ponchos, who surrounded the altar like a sacred guard.
-None of them carried visible arms. The high dignitaries of the court
-followed, wearing the blanchana, a flowing tunic of light bark, painted
-in vivid colors. Each man carried a barbaric emblem with wide-open jaws,
-designed to frighten away all evil spirits.
-
-Dick thought that Maria-Teresa was entering, but then saw that the
-litter borne on the shoulders of nobles was occupied by a figure which
-he did not at first recognize. His robe and sandals seemed of solid
-gold, and his ears were weighted down with enormous ear-rings, reaching
-almost to the shoulders. About his head was the royal llantu, a
-multi-colored turban of delicate tissue, and his forehead was further
-adorned by the kingly borla, the heavy scarlet and gold fringe of which
-partly hid his eyes. Two coraquenque plumes towered above the crown.
-
-As he descended from his litter, aided by two pages, and slowly mounted
-the steps of the golden pyramid, the assembly bent to its knees. At the
-summit of the pyramid, he paused gravely, took his seat on the golden
-throne, and gave the Aimara greeting:--“Dios anki tiourata.”
-
-Then all rose to their feet, while he sat motionless, like a graven
-image.
-
-“The bank-clerk!” exclaimed Dick, as he faced toward the hidden
-watchers.
-
-They had before them Huayna Gapac Runtu, King of the Incas.
-
-“The god is seated in all his light!” chanted the assembly in unison,
-repeating the words three times. Then the wail of the quenias filled
-the air, and the religious cortège entered the temple, led by the four
-Guards of the Sacrifice, their heads erect now, for the sacred bonnets
-hid no secret. Behind them walked another Red Poncho, bearing in
-his hands a mass of knotted cords. Dick recognized the Preacher of
-Cajamarca, head of the quipucamyas, or Keepers of the Historic Word.
-Then came Huascar, in the saffron-colored vestments of the high-priest,
-preceded by lesser dignitaries of the church, while four curacas held
-over him a canopy of brilliant-hued plumes. All bowed before Huascar;
-the Inca alone was above him.
-
-From the high-priest’s stern face and somber eyes, Dick looked to his
-hands, to see if they were red with the blood of sacrifice. He felt a
-wild desire to shoot him down there, to kill him like a mad dog among
-his priests and servitors.
-
-The mammaconas advanced, chanting. He could not at first see
-Maria-Teresa, hidden from view by black veils, rhythmically waved about
-her. The movement ceased and the women parted, leaving the way clear
-for the two among them who were to die and who advanced with uncovered
-faces, smiling like happy children.
-
-The quenias ceased their song, and the second litter was brought forward
-in solemn silence. Dick shivered. Was Maria-Teresa dead or alive? He
-hoped vainly that her litter might pass close to him, as had Huascar’s
-canopy. From where he was, she seemed as inert and lifeless as the mummy
-monarch beside her, and little Christobal was no longer in her arms.
-That part of her face left uncovered by the golden robe and head-dress
-was tomb-like in its pallor, and her eyes were closed.
-
-The double throne was set down between the altar and the pyres;
-Huascar took his seat on the right of the altar, and the chief of the
-qui-pucamyas on the left; the mammaconas stood on the altar-steps. The
-two who were to die, their black veils discarded for dainty holiday
-attire, with flowers in their tresses, knelt at Maria-Teresa’s feet. The
-nobles and the curacas were ranged round the temple with the virgins and
-young men. The three Guardians of the Temple closed the doors. No
-others might enter, for the common people, forbidden the sight of these
-mysteries, waited far away, in the Corridors of Night, until the priests
-should return to lead them back through the labyrinth to the light of
-day.
-
-Huascar rose, and his sonorous voice opened the ceremony.
-
-“At the beginning was Pacahuamac, the Pure Spirit, who reigned in the
-darkness; then came his son, the Sun, and his daughter, the Moon; and
-Paeahuamac gave them armies, which are the Stars.
-
-“Unto the Sun and Moon were born children. First were the Pirhuas,
-king-pontiffs; then the Amautas, pontiff-kings; and then the Incas,
-kings of kings, sent on earth to rule mankind.”
-
-The assembly repeated Huascar’s words like a litany. When it was ended,
-young men brought a llama to the altar, and the Guardians of the Temple
-offered up the sacrifice. Huascar bent over the entrails.
-
-“The gods are propitious,” he announced to the King.
-
-At a sign from the throne, the chief of the quipucamyas rose to his
-feet, and in a few verses recalled the chief terrestrial episodes of the
-history of the Incas, the assembly chanting other verses in reply in the
-same monotonous rhythm, while the priest slipped the knots of the quipus
-through his fingers like a monk telling his beads.
-
-When he reached the verse recounting Atahualpa’s martyrdom, a great
-shout went up in the temple. The King, from his throne, raised a
-sceptered hand, and spoke. The end of the bondage placed upon his people
-by the gods was near; he, Huayna Gapac Runtu, had been chosen by the Sun
-to drive out the strangers; and as a gage of his reconciliation with
-the faithful, the god had permitted them to offer him in sacrifice the
-noblest and most beautiful virgin of the hated race, a descendant of one
-of those who had murdered Atahualpa.
-
-At the King’s words, all eyes were carried to Maria-Teresa, and a roar
-of “Muera la Coya!” beat round her. Was she not already dead, then?
-The savage cries did not even make her eyelids quiver. If she was still
-alive, she must be unconscious. Dick, falling to his knees, thanked
-heaven for that.
-
-Again the King’s voice rose, telling the people that the day of
-deliverance was near; that their empire would be re-born in all its
-splendor. The altars of their god, served for centuries in the darkness,
-would soon smoke anew in his light. Once again would they be the Free
-Children of the Sun.
-
-“Let the Children of the Sun advance!”
-
-The young men approached the royal throne. For thirty days they had
-gone through the tests of yore; they had fasted, fought, displayed their
-skill in wrestling and with arms; they had worn coarse clothing, walked
-barefoot, and slept on the hard floor. Now they advanced in their white
-robes, the cross on their breasts, like young knights of the Middle Ages
-in the Gothic cathedrals of another faith and land.
-
-They surrounded the golden pyramid and
-
-Huascar, taking evergreen branches from a golden vase held by two
-virgins, bound them in their hair as a sign that the virtues they had
-acquired must last for all time. Then, one by one, he called their names
-to the King, who, as each young man knelt before him, pierced his ears
-with a golden awl. They descended, their white robes smeared with blood,
-while Huascar, from another vase, took heavy ear-rings, with which he
-adorned them. Nothing in the young faces betrayed their suffering. Then
-all raised their hands and took the oath of bravery and of fealty to the
-Inca.
-
-“That is well,” said the King. “Let them now put on their sandals.”
-
-This part of the ceremony was performed by the quipucamyas, the most
-venerable among them strapping on the young men’s feet the sandals of
-the Order of the Incas.
-
-“That is well,” repeated the King. “Let them be given their girdles.”
- Again the old men passed down the ranks, buckling on the heavy
-war-belts.
-
-“That is well,” said the King for the third time. “And I say unto you
-before the dead King and the Goya who is to die, that they may repeat it
-to your ancestors, that our race is still the first of all living races,
-for you are the pure Children of the Sun, without earthly leaven, the
-brother having always drunk the blood of the sister!”
-
-The virgins advanced, taking the places of the young men on the steps
-of the throne, while fathers and brothers intoned the Aïmara Song of
-Triumph.
-
-“The savages! The savages!” raged Dick, thinking only of vengeance now
-that he thought Maria-Teresa was dead. He balanced the revolver in his
-palm, hesitating. There were at all events Huascar and the King he could
-bring down; that would be some satisfaction. But suppose Maria-Teresa
-was not dead after all? He might still save her. For a moment he thought
-she had moved. He questioned Orellana in a whisper. “My daughter is very
-tired, and must be sleeping,” replied the madman.
-
-Meanwhile the cap-skulled Guardian of the Temple had made a little
-incision on the throat of each virgin, gathering their blood in a gold
-ewer. When the cup was full, he touched it with his lips and handed
-it to the young men, among whom it passed from hand to hand, while the
-girls, proud of their light wounds, cried, “Glory to the Children of the
-Sun!”
-
-“The cup is empty,” announced Huascar.
-
-At his words the King rose, and holding up both arms to the heavens,
-implored the Sun to give the signal for the sacrifice.
-
-Clouds of pungent incense rose from the burners, and gradually hid from
-view the azure disc overhead. The mammaconas who were to die, obeying
-the ritual, ran forward to the King’s feet.
-
-“We implore you, O King, to stop all the smokes of the earth. They hide
-his face, and the Sun cannot give the signal for the sacrifice.”
-
-At a sign from the figure on the golden pyramid, the burners were
-extinguished, and the spot of blue gradually reappeared. The Guardians
-of the Temple, by the pyres, held in their hands metal mirrors, drawing
-the sun to a little heap of cotton in the center of each resinous pile.
-Thus did the god, of his own will, give the signal for the sacrifice!
-There were no stakes on the pyres, no chains; the victims must die
-willingly.
-
-While the throng about them chanted prayers, the two mammaconas watched
-the pyres. They feared that the god might reject them; then they would
-live, shunned by all, until they disappeared. Their eyes, large with
-hope in the mercy of the divinity, anxiously awaited the first flicker
-of flame.
-
-If the pyre destined to the thousand-year-old Coya did not take fire,
-it did not mean that the new one was distasteful to the god. It meant
-merely that the old one had not known how to please him, that she was
-not worthy of the sepulcher of fire, and that her body must be thrown to
-the black vultures in the mountains.
-
-On this day, the first pyre to blaze up was that of the long-dead Coya.
-She was waiting. Songs rang out in her honor, and a purple veil which
-Dick had not yet noticed fell to the ground. A black gap showed in
-the wall, and in it could be seen the shadowy figure of the
-thousand-year-old queen, stiff in her scented wrappings.
-
-
-
-
-III
-
-Dick’s head swam. There, before him, was the narrow tomb into which
-Maria-Teresa would be plunged living. But was she still living? She must
-have died when the child was torn from her arms, or when she had heard
-his terrible cry.
-
-The priests had lifted the dead Coya from her tomb, and carried her to
-the pyre. She sat severely erect, as Coyas should sit, even when slowly
-done to death in a living tomb. So she must sit, and that is why the
-tomb is made so narrow that she can only remain motionless on her
-throne.
-
-Erect and calm, she vanished in the flames of the pyre, while the two
-living mammaconas watched her enviously.
-
-Dick did not even glance at the pyres. His eyes were fixed on the hole
-in the wall. She could not live long in there, and they must lose no
-time if she was to be saved. One hand gripped Orellana’s pick, while the
-other, armed with a revolver, still hesitated. Perhaps Maria-Teresa was
-not dead yet! But, if so why did she not open her eyes?
-
-Still the two other pyres did not take fire, and the mammaconas prayed
-passionately to the Sun. They must die before Maria-Teresa, to prepare
-her chamber in the Enchanted Realms of the Sun, and if they did not
-hasten they would never reach them first. “Have pity, O Sun! Send us
-your flames, Ejma of the Heavens! We are women; give us courage.”
-
-“Have pity! Send us your flames!” chanted the throng in unison.
-
-But the Sun did not send his flame until the first pyre had nearly
-died down, its end hastened by the perfumes heavy with spirit which the
-Guards of the Sacrifice poured over the blazing logs.
-
-Dropping their festive garments from them, the two mammaconas ran to the
-pyres with cries of joy, and waited, their eyes turned heavenwards in
-ecstasy. Diabolical music burst out about them, and a savage frenzy
-seemed to seize the other mammaconas as they whirled round the fires.
-The greedy flames climbed upwards and reached the victims. One of them
-leapt down with a terrible cry.
-
-“Return to the flames! Return to the flames!” chanted the others,
-surrounding her. She writhed on the ground, calling for the knife, and
-a Guardian of the Temple went toward her. The black veils of the
-mammaconas were spotted with blood, but they danced on, singing. The
-hideous dwarfs lifted up a body, which disappeared in the fire.
-
-The other mammacona, heroically erect, had cried out only once, and when
-she in her turn vanished in the scarlet chariot which the Sun had sent
-to take her to his Enchanted Realms, hymns of glory thundered through
-the temple.
-
-Maddened by the songs, the flames, the incense, and the acrid smoke
-of the pyres, three more mammaconas followed their sisters. It is
-impossible to guess how far this delirium of sacrifice would have gone
-had not Huascar stopped it. At a sign from him, the diabolical music
-ceased, and the Guardians of the Temple choked the glowing pyres with
-sand.
-
-It was Maria-Teresa’s turn. Dick, half fainting, opened his eyes again
-at Orellana’s words. He saw the mammaconas strip her of the jewels with
-which she was literally covered from head to foot. From her hair, ears,
-cheeks, breast, shoulders, from her beautiful arms and shapely ankles,
-the “tears of the Sun” fell one by one, and were placed preciously in a
-golden basin. Last of all they removed the fatal Golden Sun bracelet All
-these jewels were to be hidden again until the day, ten years thence,
-when the Inca would demand another bride for the Sun.
-
-As she was rapidly divested of her golden sheath as well, Maria-Teresa
-appeared swathed in bands of soft material. Her eyes were closed, and
-externally at all events, she was already a mummy. Her arms were bound
-to her sides, and all that remained to be done was to lift her into her
-tomb. Dick’s eyes did not leave what could still be seen of the
-beloved face under the bands of perfumed linen which bound her chin
-and forehead. Her lips were parted, but motionless, as if she had just
-breathed her last sigh.
-
-Again he told himself that she must be dead. It was better so, for then
-she could not feel the hands of the horrible Guardians of the Temple
-lift her to the death-throne and then slide her into the hole where she
-was to wait a thousand years before being burned in her turn.
-
-At that moment the rays of the Sun, as if to make a golden ladder for
-the woman whom the Incas, in their cruel piety, were sending to his
-realms, fell on Maria-Teresa, and lit up the narrow tomb, so that Dick
-saw every detail of the atrocious ceremony.
-
-The three porphyry slabs, fitting perfectly one into the other, had
-now to be adjusted, and the tomb would be closed. It was done in
-terrible-silence, and all eyes were fixed on workers and victim.
-
-Bending under its weight, the Guardians of the Temple slipped the first
-into position, hiding Maria-Teresa up to the knees. The second, brought
-to the right level on a rolling platform, covered her to the shoulders.
-
-All that could now be seen was her head, swathed and bound up for the
-thousand-year sleep, with a face that was that of a dead woman. Then
-a shiver ran through the throng, though it had witnessed the sacred
-horrors preceding it without a quiver. Maria-Teresa had opened her
-eyes....
-
-They had opened wide and stared out from the depths of the tomb which
-was closing on her. They were terribly living, terribly wide open,
-staring, staring, at all she would see of life before the eternal Shadow
-took her to its bosom. And those eyes traveled slowly over the throng
-in gala attire which was there to see her die, then rested for the last
-time on the golden sunlight, on the beautiful light of day.
-
-The superhuman agony forced those eyes even wider, those eyes which were
-never to see again. Her lips moved, as if about to utter a supreme cry
-of appeal to life, a cry of horror at the living night of the tomb.
-Then they closed again on a poor, weak little groan, while the last slab
-blotted out the look of those great eyes.
-
-She belonged to the god now.
-
-
-
-
-IV
-
-Huascar raised his hand, and the temple began to empty in silence.
-There was not a song, not a murmur, only the slip of innumerable sandals
-on the stone slabs of the floor. Huascar and his priests, the nobles,
-young men, virgins, curacas and mammaconas crossed the threshold of the
-golden doors.
-
-Huayna Capac Runtu had descended from his throne and taken his seat
-beside the dead King, on the seat left vacant by Maria-Teresa; the Red
-Ponchos lifted the two monarchs, the dead, and the living, to their
-shoulders, and in their turn vanished into the Corridor of Night.
-
-There remained in the hall only the Guardians of the Temple and the
-ashes of the first victims.
-
-Hardly had the three gnomes closed the doors to carry out their horrible
-duties in peace than a shadow rose up before them. Squeaking with
-terror, they fled into the Chapel of the Moon, but vengeance followed
-them there, and it was at the foot of its altar that they were shot down
-like loathsome beasts. White as Maria-Teresa had been, but icy-cool in
-the moment of action, Dick fired only one shot into each hideous skull.
-
-Then he turned and ran into the temple, where Orellana was already
-raining blows on the tomb with his pick. Dick wrenched the tool from
-his hands, and set to work. But the stones did not move. His forehead
-covered with icy perspiration, he forced himself to think, to reason,
-trying to forget Maria-Teresa in her tomb and bring his engineer’s
-knowledge to bear on the problem. Those stones could not be very heavy.
-Orellana and he could lift them easily if the three dwarfs could. They
-were evidently made light so that they could be readily removed by the
-priests at certain ceremonies. But what, was their secret? What was
-their secret?
-
-Quelling the moral storm that would have sent him raging impotently
-against this rampart, he compelled himself to look for the jointing
-of the stones. His hands were trembling, so he stopped for a minute to
-control himself, and then tried again. Again he failed. How were they
-moved?
-
-He had seen them put back into position before his eyes, so there
-_must_ be a way. But where was he to press, where strike? And meanwhile
-Maria-Teresa was dying behind those stones! Dying!
-
-Again he raised the pick, whirled it over his head, and struck at
-random, on the left side of the stone. Every ounce of his strength,
-doubled by despair, had been put into that blow, and the slab turned
-slightly on itself, to the right. The socket in which the stones rested
-was so made that they could swing and slip out of their frame on that
-side.
-
-With a shout of triumph, he swung the pick over his head.
-
-“Maria-Teresa! Maria-Teresa!”
-
-Behind him, the madman was calling too.
-
-“Maria Cristina! Maria Cristina!”
-
-Dick was still raining blows on the slab. Soon it had turned so far that
-he could catch hold of it with his hands, and tore them in a vain effort
-to hasten. With the handle of the pick he pushed on the left again, and
-the stone came half out of its socket.
-
-This time, both he and Orellana could get firm hold and put their
-strength into it. The stone yielded, came toward them. “Maria-Teresa!
-Maria-Teresa!” One more effort and she would be free.
-
-A prodigious heave, a struggle with teeth set and breath whistling, and
-the slab came away altogether, thundered on the floor as Dick hurled it
-from off his shoulder.
-
-“Maria-Teresa!”
-
-There was no answer from the tightly-bound head dimly visible in the
-darkness. He leaned forward.
-
-“My God. It’s not Maria-Teresa!”
-
-
-
-
-V
-
-Turning from the century-dead Coya with an inarticulate cry of rage,
-Dick seized Orellana by the throat as if he would have strangled the
-poor madman, who had started work on the wrong tomb. And he, thrice
-accursed fool that he was, had followed the madman’s lead, made a
-mistake when every minute might mean Maria-Teresa’s life!
-
-And now, which was it? The tomb on the right or that on the left? Or
-neither?
-
-Loosing the old man, he controlled himself again by a superhuman effort
-and looked round the temple. No, there could be no mistake this time.
-It must be the one on the right. He looked for the angle from their
-hiding-place to the altar. Yes, this was the one!
-
-The pick thundered on another slab, while Orellana, a raving maniac
-now, danced and gibbered behind him, grunting with every blow as if he
-himself had delivered it.
-
-At last the stone turned.... It moved... slid into their arms... fell to
-the ground.
-
-“Maria-Teresa! It is I, Dick! For God’s sake, speak!”
-
-Again he bent oyer the rigid face of a long-forgotten Coya.
-
-Dick fell to the ground as if stunned. But Orellana was already at work
-again, setting him the example, and the young engineer was on his feet
-in a moment. It must be that other one on the left, then! Once again he
-wrenched the pick from the old man’s feeble hands and hammered on the
-granite.... The minutes are flying... flying. And She may be dying
-behind that slab, struggling for breath!... The thunder of blows echoed
-through the hall... the stone moved... slipped... fell.... At last....
-No!... Another dead woman.... Another, another!... Not Maria-Teresa!
-
-“Maria Cristina! My daughter! Dearest, I am coming! Your father is
-here!”
-
-While Dick staggered to the wall, staring before him with blind eyes,
-the old man, peering into the tomb, had recognized his child.
-
-“Maria Cristina! Dearest! Wait, wait! Only one more stone, and you will
-be out of your prison!”
-
-Sobbing and laughing in turn, Orellana worked desperately, finding the
-strength of his youth anew.
-
-Then Dick fell on him.
-
-“Give me that pick. You’re wasting time on a dead woman. Give it to me,
-I say!”
-
-There was a terrible struggle between the two, and Dick, triumphant,
-whirled the tool over his head at another tomb, while Orellana, by the
-last effort of his life, tore the second stone from its socket, drew the
-dead body of his daughter to him and covered it with kisses and tears.
-Old madman and dead girl fell to the floor together.
-
-Orellana was dead, but he had found his daughter.
-
-Dick saw and heard nothing. Another tomb open... and another dead Coya
-of long ago.... The gods of the Temple of Death were ready to give up
-their dead, but not the living bride....
-
-Crying, calling, driving his nails into his bleeding palms; ready to
-offer himself up to the ferocious spirit that guarded those tombs, Dick
-staggered, fell, and got up again, dragging behind him the pick, which
-he no longer knew where to use, striving to reason and understand.
-
-There was nothing here to help him! His eyes wandered hopelessly round
-the circular temple, trying to find a guiding point. Nothing! Perhaps
-chance would give him what his reasoning had failed to secure.... Yes,
-that was it... why not try here?... It might be this tomb as well as any
-other.... He set to work again, but heavily... oh, so heavily... and the
-pick weighed down his hands terribly.
-
-... Exhausted, he dropped it.... He could do no more.... And she was
-dying... dying... while the dead, torn from their eternal sleep, stared
-back at him with unseeing eyes.
-
-How many hours had he been toiling? He did not know. The oblique rays of
-the sun had gradually risen on the walls, then vanished. Then the light
-which succeeded them faded in its turn.... Twilight had fallen... then
-darkness had come.
-
-Stretched out on the altar steps, whither he had dragged himself with
-his last remaining strength, he closed his eyes and waited... waited for
-sleep or death. What did it matter, since Maria-Teresa was dead?
-
-
-
-
-VI
-
-
-_In which it is seen that lovers should never despair of Providence_
-
-
-One morning, as the little steamboat which runs between the Island of
-Titicaca and the mainland, was plowing its way through the waters of the
-lake, it was hailed by a tall Quichua Indian, standing upright in his
-pirogue. In the bottom of the frail craft lay a white man, and the
-captain, seeing the prostrate figure, hove to for a moment to pick it
-up. Thus did Dick Montgomery return to civilization.
-
-Among the passengers of the _Yavari_ was a good-hearted alpaca merchant
-of Punho who took pity on the fever-stricken stranger and had him
-removed to his own home, where the whole household devoted itself to
-nursing the young man back to life. The Indian who brought him to the
-steamer explained that he had found the stranger, probably some tourist,
-unconscious among the ruins of the sacred island. He had therefore dosed
-him with pink water for the fever, and had brought him back to people
-of his own race. The Indian refused all reward, and the captain was the
-more surprised at this when, on searching Dick, he found a considerable
-sum of money in his pockets. For a Quichua not to strip a helpless man
-was indeed remarkable.
-
-When Dick had sufficiently recovered to understand what was being said,
-he immediately recognized the Indian described to him as Huascar. In
-his quality as high-priest, Huascar had probably returned to the temple
-late at night, and had there found Dick, surrounded by gaping tombs, and
-the corpses of Orellana and the three Guardians of the Temple. Coldly
-calculating in his hatred, the Indian had decided to inflict the
-worst possible torture on Dick, leaving him to live after the death of
-Maria-Teresa.
-
-That torture would not last long, the young man decided. The idea that
-he might have saved Maria-Teresa had he not lost his head, and that her
-death lay at his door, tormented him without ceasing. He realized that
-he would never be able to free himself of this obsession and that it
-would finally drive him mad. Better to end it all at once.
-
-Only he did not wish to die among these awful mountains, mute witnesses
-of the horrors that had cost him his self-respect and happiness. The
-Maria-Teresa who was constantly before his mind’s eye was not the
-terrible mummy-like figure he had last seen, but the dainty silhouette
-in the homely surroundings of the office at Callao, among the big green
-registers, where they had met again after so long an absence and where
-they had exchanged words of love. He would go there to rejoin her.
-
-Once this decision was taken, he grew rapidly better, and one day, after
-warmly thanking his host and showering presents on the whole family, he
-took the train to Mollendo, where he would join some ship for Callao.
-The voyage seemed an interminable one. At Arequipa, he visited the
-little adobe house by the rio de Chili, and thought of the vain appeal
-they had made to that scoundrel Garcia. There also, for the first time
-since his illness, he thought of his traveling companions.
-
-What had happened to Uncle Francis, Don Christobal and Natividad?
-Perhaps their bones were then bleaching in some inaccessible corner of
-the Corridors of Night. The Marquis, at all events, had not endured the
-torture of impotently witnessing the murder of his two children.
-
-When Dick reached Mollendo there was a howling gale on, but he at once
-went down to the harbor. It was deserted save for two shadows,
-which rushed toward him with cries of joy. Yes, they were alive and
-breathing:--Uncle Francis and Natividad! Though white and sad-looking,
-they did not seem to have suffered a great deal. Dick clasped their
-hands, and they, seeing him so pale and thin, said no word.
-
-Together they walked along for a few minutes, deep in thoughts. At last
-Mr. Montgomery turned to his nephew:
-
-“What happened to Don Christobal? Do you know?”
-
-“I thought he was with you.” Dick’s voice was toneless, detached from
-all things of this world.
-
-It was only then that Natividad, without being asked, explained how
-he and Uncle Francis, after the frustrated attempt in the House of the
-Serpent, had been thrown into a dungeon in which they passed four days,
-and in which the illustrious scientist had at last become convinced of
-the reality of their adventure. At the end of those four days, finding
-the prison doors open and unguarded, they had fled.
-
-Apparently all the Indians were bolting to the mountains from Cuzco, and
-the explanation for this they had found on reaching Sicuani. President
-Veintemilla, risking his all on one bold stroke, had surprised Garcia’s
-forces in the middle of the Interaymi fêtes, and the four squadrons of
-his escort which remained faithful had cut up and routed the thousands
-of Quichua riflemen. Barely five hundred in all, but of Spanish blood,
-they had repeated Pizarro’s exploit on those same plains of Xauxa, while
-the same ancient walls, with the impassability of immortal things, again
-stared down on the struggle of the races.
-
-Garcia had escaped over the Bolivian frontier, and was on the point of
-blowing out his brains when he heard of a revolution in Paraguay which
-made life worth living again. So he crossed into Paraguay with his
-lawless “cabinet,” to the great satisfaction of the President of
-Bolivia.
-
-Prom Sicuani, Uncle Francis and Natividad had gone straight to Mollendo,
-hoping to find the Marquis there, if the new fortunes of the republic
-had also opened the doors of his prison. As to Dick, they had not
-expected to see him until Lima, “after he had done everything to save
-Maria-Teresa.”
-
-It was the first time that they had pronounced her name before him, and
-Dick saw a very real and very great sympathy in their faces.
-
-“She is dead,” he said, gripping his uncle’s shoulder.
-
-“Poor boy!”
-
-They paced up and down again, silently, before the raging breakers of
-the Pacific, which had already kept two of them prisoners in Mollendo
-for the past ten days. Dick would not say another word, and his
-companions, ignorant of what had happened, could not even try to give
-him hope.
-
-Eight more days passed by, and the elements still held them prisoners at
-Mollendo. His uncle and Natividad watched Dick closely, but his outward
-calm finally dispelled their fears, and once aboard a ship for Callao,
-they even questioned him. He told them what he had seen in the Temple
-of Death, while they listened in horror to the simply-worded narrative,
-made in a singularly quiet voice. Afterwards, Uncle Francis locked
-himself in his cabin and sat for a long time with his head between his
-hands, staring at an unopened note-book.
-
-Dick, leaning over the ship’s side, was now gazing idly at the rapidly
-approaching coast on which he had landed with so much hope and joy. The
-Peru of Pizarro and the Incas, the fabulous land of gold and legends,
-the Eldorado of his young ambition and of his love! Dead were his
-love and his ambition. There lived only the legends, at which they had
-laughed, which had killed all their dreams and which was to kill him
-after sending Maria-Teresa to a living tomb! And they had laughed,
-laughed at the warning of those two stately old ladies, Velasquez
-canvases brought to life and striving to retain all their pictorial
-dignity!
-
-As on that first day, he was the first man off the liner, dropping over
-the side into the swaying craft of a noisy boatman. This time, though,
-he did not need to ask where the Galle de Lima lay, and his eyes hardly
-left the part of the city to which he had hastened so full of hope,
-where Maria-Teresa had waited for him.
-
-He did not hurry on reaching land. Walking slowly he entered the network
-of tortuous streets, passed through the labyrinth of alleys, and finally
-reached the point whence he could see the verandah.... There he had come
-to greet her every night, there he had come one night to find her gone.
-Never again would he see that dear face, that dainty figure bent over
-the big green books, while the slim fingers toyed with a golden pencil
-attached to her supple waist with a long gold chain.
-
-Suddenly Dick stopped, staggered, and put his hand to his side with a
-choking intake of breath.... It hurt, that hallucinating apparition
-on the verandah.... Or perhaps it is true that the shades of the dear
-departed come back to people the spots they loved best, that they
-have the power of showing themselves to those they loved.... For
-Maria-Teresa is there, leaning out as she used to, turning her
-sweet face as she used to.... How pale she is, how diaphanous;
-her well-remembered gestures are no more than the ghosts of those
-gestures!...
-
-He hardly dared breathe, fearing that the vision would vanish at the
-sound of his voice-... He advanced cautiously, stealthily, like a child
-stalking a butterfly.
-
-“Dick!”
-
-“Maria-Teresa!”
-
-They are in each other’s arms. The cry which has come from those pale
-lips is a living one. They clung to each other, trembling, laughing,
-crying, and would have fallen in their weakness had not other shadows
-come to their aid.
-
-Aunt Agnes and her duenna, Irene, held up Maria-Teresa, while Don
-Christobal, running out into the street, caught the young engineer under
-the arm, and led him slowly in.
-
-Little Christobal, dancing at the door of the office, shouted with glee
-and clapped his hands together.
-
-“I told you so, Maria-Teresa! I told you he wasn’t dead!... Now you’ll
-get better, Maria-Teresa!”
-
-Maria-Teresa, in Dick’s arms again, was sobbing.
-
-“I knew you would come back here if you were still alive.... But is it
-really you, Dick?... Really you?”
-
-“Maria-Teresa has been awfully ill,” explained the child, while the two
-old ladies cried. “But we cured her by telling her you were _not_
-dead. Of course I _knew_ Huascar had saved you too.... Huascar saved us
-all, you know.... He took us away from all those nasty Indians....
-And father said that we should all be dead but for him. Didn’t you,
-Father?... But now you mustn’t die any more, must you?”
-
-“I was there, Maria-Teresa. I saw them put you into the tomb.”
-
-“You _were_ there, then! I knew it. I felt your eyes on mine, and that’s
-why I looked. I knew you were watching... somewhere.... When they took
-Christobal away from me I thought I should die... Huascar had told me
-he would be quite safe, but I couldn’t believe it.... Then that horrible
-cry!... I didn’t open my eyes again until I felt yours on them.... I
-knew you were there, dear.”
-
-The two old ladies and the Marquis were making desperate signs to him,
-and Dick tried to stop her, but she went on:--
-
-“I knew you wouldn’t leave me there to die, and so I waited, waited....
-It was terribly long.... And then I began to choke.... I couldn’t move;
-only sit there and wait... What does it matter, Father, now that we’re
-all alive and happy?... Then I heard somebody thundering blows on the
-wall, and thought you were coming.... Only just in time, for I was
-choking.... There was such funny music in my ears.... Then I heard the
-stone torn away, and felt myself being lifted out.... When I opened my
-eyes, Dick, it was not you, but Huascar.... He carried me into a dark
-little room, with a torch burning in it, and untied my arms and head....
-Then he slipped on that horrible bat-skin dress again.... I couldn’t
-believe I was saved, though he told me so....”
-
-She paused for a moment, choking, and continued:
-
-“He left me where I was, and started working. First he lifted a mummy
-into my place. ‘There is no sacrilege,’ he said, ‘for the god now has
-the number of wives he needs.’... He had evidently prepared everything,
-and dug an opening as deep into the back of my tomb as he dared....
-I was horribly afraid, because he said he had done it all for love of
-me... and I screamed when he tried to pick me up.... I was ever so much
-more afraid than in the tomb.... He laughed, and said I was lucky to
-have had him for a friend.... You, he said, had nearly spoiled his
-plans, and he had had to trap you all to save me.
-
-“When I told him that he had only saved me for a worse fate, he laughed
-again.... Then he picked me up, for I was too weak to move, and carried
-me miles and miles through the darkness.... When he stopped, it was
-before a low door.... He pushed it open, and there were father and
-Christobal.... While they were kissing me, Huascar went to the door....
-He looked awful.... Then he said to father: ‘Señor, I promised to return
-your son and daughter to you. Here they both are. You will find nothing
-to prevent your departure. An Inca, señor, never breaks his word.’... We
-have not seen him since.... I had to tell you, Dick, so that if ever you
-meet that man again, you will know what we owe him.”
-
-At her last words, the young engineer shivered and pressed her hand.
-
-“He need not be afraid. I remember what I owe him. He saved both of you
-and us, dear, and I promised him that if he saved you....”
-
-“I know, I know! Father has told me....”
-
-“He considered: your promise an insult,” interrupted the Marquis. “After
-my capture, they took me to the Island, and he came to see me in my
-dungeon. I thought my last hour had come, and did not spare him with my
-tongue. He let me finish, and then explained what he had done, his whole
-plan of action. When Maria-Teresa and Christobal were brought to me, the
-two Indians guarding my door, who were his absolute slaves, would take
-us both to the mainland in a pirogue. He told me, too, of your interview
-at Arequipa, and gave me a message for you. Here it is:
-
-“‘Tell that young man, whom I do not know, that the señorita will be as
-free as her heart, which is mine neither to take, to buy nor to sell.
-He must know that. I have done him no harm, and he has insulted me. I
-forgive him.’
-
-“Then, as he was about to go, he turned again:--
-
-“Do not thank me, señor. Thank the one who is now in heaven, and who
-was the señora de la Torre. I ask for only one thing in exchange for my
-services, and that is for you never to speak of them. The memory of the
-High Priest of the Incas must not be dishonored.’
-
-“That is Huascar’s message, Dick. There is no reason why you should not
-marry Maria-Teresa.”
-
-At this moment Uncle Francis and Natividad dashed into the room. On
-their way from the harbor, they had learned of the Marquis’ miraculous
-return to Lima with his two children, and hearing that the whole family
-had come to Callao that day--Maria-Teresa to see her dear old office
-for the last time!--they had come there running. Aunt Agnes and Irene,
-anxious for their charge’s health, would have taken her away, but
-the young girl insisted that this storm of still shaky laughter and
-interjections was the best medicine for her malady.
-
-“It’s all a bad dream,” she said. “That is how we must take it.”
-
-Don Christobal took up the cue.
-
-“Exactly. I have had a long talk with Veintemilla, and that is the
-way he asks us to treat it, for patriotic reasons. In exchange, he has
-promised to help me wind up the business here and sell our concessions.
-Dick and Maria-Teresa will be married in England, if nobody objects.”
-
-Natividad alone had objections to make, and waved his arms
-disconsolately above his head.
-
-“The same old story!” he groaned. “If I had my way, we should soon get
-to the bottom of those Corridor of Night mysteries.... But no!... the
-same old game of shut your eyes and see nothing.... Here’s Veintemilla
-now, instead of settling with those Indians once and for all, asking us
-to call it a bad dream!... Bad dream indeed!”
-
-“My dear Natividad,” said the Marquis. “I fear you are a troublous
-spirit. By the way, I have sad news for you. You are no longer inspector
-superior of Callao.”
-
-Natividad fell into a chair, his mouth wide open, struggling for
-words to qualify the airy attitude of this man, for whom he had risked
-everything. He was so comical that they all burst into laughter, while
-the little old gentleman, purple with fury, strode toward the door.
-
-“Not so quick, Natividad, not so quick!” called the Marquis after him.
-“There is also some good news for you. You have been appointed inspector
-superior at Lima.”
-
-Again Natividad fell into a chair, but beaming, stuttering with joy and
-gratitude.
-
-“It’s a dream.... the dream of my life.... I might have been dead
-though!”
-
-“The appointment, which I saw President Veintemilla sign, is, of course,
-only valid in the event of your being living,” smiled the Marquis. “As
-those Indians of yours haven’t eaten you alive, you can keep an eye on
-them again.”
-
-“Hush! We must not talk about it,” replied Natividad, the magistrate’s
-toga weighing on his shoulders again.
-
-“And neither shall we,” whispered Dick, bending over Maria-Teresa’s pale
-face.
-
-She nodded slowly. “Do you know, Dick, looking round me and seeing the
-same old chairs and books again, the same dear faces, and when I think
-of the Temple of Death, it really does only seem like an ugly dream.”
-
-Natividad, having said good-by to all, was talking to the Marquis by the
-door. He opened it and fell back with a muffled exclamation.
-
-A corpse, until then held upright by the closed door, fell into the
-room. Maria-Teresa, first to realize what it was, fell on her knees
-beside the body.
-
-It was Huascar, whom she had driven out of that door and who had dragged
-himself there to die, a dagger in his heart.
-
-
-
-
-EPILOGUE
-
-This story must have an epilogue, for I have not yet had occasion to
-speak again of Oviedo Runtu, bank-clerk and last King of the Incas.
-After a thousand adventures in the Andes, which I may describe to you
-some day, Oviedo Runtu and his lieutenants in the revolt with Garcia
-were tracked down by Natividad’s police.
-
-Oviedo Runtu surrendered and saved his life by promising to quench
-the last embers of revolt. Tried by court-martial, he was sentenced to
-perpetual exile, but Natividad subsequently interceded and obtained his
-pardon. It was, moreover, the new Chief of Police of Lima who secured
-him a post at Punho, in a branch of the Franco-Belgian bank. There
-Natividad could watch him, and finally convinced himself that the
-bank-clerk King did nothing to resuscitate the marvelous fêtes of the
-Interaymi.
-
-Oviedo Runtu died very prosaically, after marrying a lady of Lima who
-had made the trip to Lake Titicaca specially to see the last King of the
-Incas. Of that journey was born a romance, and in after years travelers
-passing through Punho would have the royal couple pointed out to them.
-They were always very much amused when they heard that the King, working
-daily in a bank, earned just one hundred’ and fifty soles a month.
-
-One day, when some charitable souls were chaffing the King’s widow about
-the mediocre state in which she lived, the Coya, as she was derisively
-called, retorted that had she and her husband so wished, they could have
-been the wealthiest couple on earth. But the treasures of the Incas, she
-added, belonged to the gods and the dead, and none might touch them.
-
-Asked if she had ever seen those treasures, the Coya asserted that her
-husband had shown them to her once, and she told fabulous stories of the
-riches hidden in the Temple of Death. * Naturally, nobody believed her.
-
-
- * The anonymous author of the MS. “_Antiy y monumentos del
- Peru_” says:--
-
- “It Is widely known, and generally admitted, that there
- exists in the ancient fortress of the Cuzco a secret room In
- which is hidden a vast treasure, consisting chiefly of
- golden statues of all the Incas. A lady who has been in this
- room is still living. This is Doña Maria de Esquivel, wife
- of the last Inca. I have heard her tell how she was taken
- there.
-
- “Don Carlos, husband of this lady, did not live in a manner
- suited to his rank, and she often upbraided him, saying that
- she had been cozened into marrying a poor Indian under the
- pompous style of ‘Lord of the Incas.9 She said this so often
- that Don Carlos grew angry, and one day retorted: ‘Madam, I
- will show you whether I am rich or poor. Too will see that
- no lord, no monarch on this earth, has a greater treasure
- than I.’ Taking her to the ruined fortress, he bound her
- eyes, and led her only a few steps before removing the
- bandage again.
-
- “She was in a great quadrangular hall, and ranged all about
- it were the statues of the Incas, each about the size of a
- twelve-year-old child, and all of massive gold. She saw also
- many vases of gold and silver, the whole making one of the
- most magnificent treasures in the world.”
-
-
-Even so, none believed the soldiers of Pizarro when they said that in
-Peru their horses had been shod with silver!
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Bride of the Sun, by Gaston Leroux
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BRIDE OF THE SUN ***
-
-***** This file should be named 53988-0.txt or 53988-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/3/9/8/53988/
-
-Produced by David Widger from page images generously
-provided by the Internet Archive
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-